|  | /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) | 
|  | * All rights reserved. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * This package is an SSL implementation written | 
|  | * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). | 
|  | * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as | 
|  | * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions | 
|  | * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, | 
|  | * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation | 
|  | * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms | 
|  | * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). | 
|  | * | 
|  | * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in | 
|  | * the code are not to be removed. | 
|  | * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution | 
|  | * as the author of the parts of the library used. | 
|  | * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or | 
|  | * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without | 
|  | * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions | 
|  | * are met: | 
|  | * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright | 
|  | *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. | 
|  | * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright | 
|  | *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the | 
|  | *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. | 
|  | * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software | 
|  | *    must display the following acknowledgement: | 
|  | *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by | 
|  | *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)" | 
|  | *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library | 
|  | *    being used are not cryptographic related :-). | 
|  | * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from | 
|  | *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: | 
|  | *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)" | 
|  | * | 
|  | * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND | 
|  | * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE | 
|  | * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE | 
|  | * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE | 
|  | * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL | 
|  | * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS | 
|  | * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) | 
|  | * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT | 
|  | * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY | 
|  | * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF | 
|  | * SUCH DAMAGE. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or | 
|  | * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be | 
|  | * copied and put under another distribution licence | 
|  | * [including the GNU Public Licence.] | 
|  | */ | 
|  | /* ==================================================================== | 
|  | * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without | 
|  | * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions | 
|  | * are met: | 
|  | * | 
|  | * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright | 
|  | *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright | 
|  | *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in | 
|  | *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the | 
|  | *    distribution. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this | 
|  | *    software must display the following acknowledgment: | 
|  | *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project | 
|  | *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)" | 
|  | * | 
|  | * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to | 
|  | *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without | 
|  | *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact | 
|  | *    openssl-core@openssl.org. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" | 
|  | *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written | 
|  | *    permission of the OpenSSL Project. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following | 
|  | *    acknowledgment: | 
|  | *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project | 
|  | *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)" | 
|  | * | 
|  | * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY | 
|  | * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE | 
|  | * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR | 
|  | * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR | 
|  | * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, | 
|  | * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT | 
|  | * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; | 
|  | * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) | 
|  | * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, | 
|  | * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) | 
|  | * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED | 
|  | * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. | 
|  | * ==================================================================== | 
|  | * | 
|  | * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young | 
|  | * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim | 
|  | * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). | 
|  | * | 
|  | */ | 
|  | /* ==================================================================== | 
|  | * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. | 
|  | * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by | 
|  | * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project. | 
|  | */ | 
|  | /* ==================================================================== | 
|  | * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by | 
|  | * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source | 
|  | * license. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of | 
|  | * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites | 
|  | * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in | 
|  | * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received | 
|  | * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not | 
|  | * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third | 
|  | * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights | 
|  | * to make use of the Contribution. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN | 
|  | * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA | 
|  | * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY | 
|  | * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR | 
|  | * OTHERWISE. | 
|  | */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H | 
|  | #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include <openssl/base.h> | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include <openssl/bio.h> | 
|  | #include <openssl/buf.h> | 
|  | #include <openssl/pem.h> | 
|  | #include <openssl/span.h> | 
|  | #include <openssl/ssl3.h> | 
|  | #include <openssl/thread.h> | 
|  | #include <openssl/tls1.h> | 
|  | #include <openssl/x509.h> | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS) | 
|  | #include <sys/time.h> | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and | 
|  | // Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers. | 
|  | // However, only a forward declaration is needed. | 
|  | struct timeval; | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if defined(__cplusplus) | 
|  | extern "C" { | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL implementation. | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL contexts. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS | 
|  | // or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by | 
|  | // an |SSL_METHOD| on creation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across | 
|  | // multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s | 
|  | // configuration may not be used. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS connections. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // TLS_with_buffers_method is like |TLS_method|, but avoids all use of | 
|  | // crypto/x509. All client connections created with |TLS_with_buffers_method| | 
|  | // will fail unless a certificate verifier is installed with | 
|  | // |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_with_buffers_method(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // DTLS_with_buffers_method is like |DTLS_method|, but avoids all use of | 
|  | // crypto/x509. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_with_buffers_method(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL | 
|  | // on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_up_ref increments the reference count of |ctx|. It returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL connections. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the | 
|  | // shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be | 
|  | // used on one thread at a time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new | 
|  | // connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may | 
|  | // also be individually configured on the connection. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call | 
|  | // |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_SSL_CTX returns the |SSL_CTX| associated with |ssl|. If | 
|  | // |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| is called, it returns the new |SSL_CTX|, not the initial | 
|  | // one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero | 
|  | // otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_is_dtls returns one if |ssl| is a DTLS connection and zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl| | 
|  | // takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl| | 
|  | // only takes ownership of one reference. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In DTLS, |rbio| must be non-blocking to properly handle timeouts and | 
|  | // retransmits. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If |rbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for reading, that | 
|  | // side is left untouched and is not freed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If |wbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for writing AND |ssl| | 
|  | // is not currently configured to read from and write to the same |BIO|, that | 
|  | // side is left untouched and is not freed. This asymmetry is present for | 
|  | // historical reasons. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Due to the very complex historical behavior of this function, calling this | 
|  | // function if |ssl| already has |BIO|s configured is deprecated. Prefer | 
|  | // |SSL_set0_rbio| and |SSL_set0_wbio| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set0_rbio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio|. It takes ownership of | 
|  | // |rbio|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_wbio| may be called on the | 
|  | // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set0_wbio configures |ssl| to write to |wbio|. It takes ownership of | 
|  | // |wbio|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_rbio| may be called on the | 
|  | // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *wbio); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_fd calls |SSL_get_rfd|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_rfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to read | 
|  | // from. If |ssl|'s read |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file | 
|  | // descriptor then it returns -1. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast | 
|  | // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or | 
|  | // socket |BIO|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_wfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to write | 
|  | // to. If |ssl|'s write |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file | 
|  | // descriptor then it returns -1. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast | 
|  | // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or | 
|  | // socket |BIO|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SOCK) | 
|  | // SSL_set_fd configures |ssl| to read from and write to |fd|. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of | 
|  | // |fd|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_rfd configures |ssl| to read from |fd|. It returns one on success and | 
|  | // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to write to |fd|. It returns one on success and | 
|  | // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); | 
|  | #endif  // !OPENSSL_NO_SOCK | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the | 
|  | // handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it | 
|  | // returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to | 
|  | // determine how to proceed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In DTLS, the caller must drive retransmissions. Whenever |SSL_get_error| | 
|  | // signals |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|, use |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the | 
|  | // current timeout. If it expires before the next retry, call | 
|  | // |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake retransmissions use fresh | 
|  | // sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay packets at the transport. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. | 
|  | // https://crbug.com/466303. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls | 
|  | // |SSL_do_handshake|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls | 
|  | // |SSL_do_handshake|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs | 
|  | // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it | 
|  | // returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller | 
|  | // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. | 
|  | // https://crbug.com/466303. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_pending returns the number of buffered, decrypted bytes available for | 
|  | // read in |ssl|. It does not read from the transport. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In DTLS, it is possible for this function to return zero while there is | 
|  | // buffered, undecrypted data from the transport in |ssl|. For example, | 
|  | // |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the first, and leave | 
|  | // the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. Callers that wish to | 
|  | // detect this case can use |SSL_has_pending|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_has_pending returns one if |ssl| has buffered, decrypted bytes available | 
|  | // for read, or if |ssl| has buffered data from the transport that has not yet | 
|  | // been decrypted. If |ssl| has neither, this function returns zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In TLS, BoringSSL does not implement read-ahead, so this function returns one | 
|  | // if and only if |SSL_pending| would return a non-zero value. In DTLS, it is | 
|  | // possible for this function to return one while |SSL_pending| returns zero. | 
|  | // For example, |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the | 
|  | // first, and leave the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // As a result, if this function returns one, the next call to |SSL_read| may | 
|  | // still fail, read from the transport, or both. The buffered, undecrypted data | 
|  | // may be invalid or incomplete. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs | 
|  | // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it | 
|  | // returns the number of bytes written. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller | 
|  | // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In TLS, a non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that | 
|  | // a failed |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the | 
|  | // caller must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the | 
|  | // original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not | 
|  | // reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with | 
|  | // |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be | 
|  | // unchanged. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default, in TLS, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes | 
|  | // are written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It | 
|  | // allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the | 
|  | // input was written in a single record. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In DTLS, neither |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER| and | 
|  | // |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE| do anything. The caller may retry with a | 
|  | // different buffer freely. A single call to |SSL_write| only ever writes a | 
|  | // single record in a single packet, so |num| must be at most | 
|  | // |SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. | 
|  | // https://crbug.com/466303. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should reply to a KeyUpdate | 
|  | // message with its own, thus updating traffic secrets for both directions on | 
|  | // the connection. | 
|  | #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED 1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should not reply with | 
|  | // it's own KeyUpdate message. | 
|  | #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_key_update queues a TLS 1.3 KeyUpdate message to be sent on |ssl| | 
|  | // if one is not already queued. The |request_type| argument must one of the | 
|  | // |SSL_KEY_UPDATE_*| values. This function requires that |ssl| have completed a | 
|  | // TLS >= 1.3 handshake. It returns one on success or zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that this function does not _send_ the message itself. The next call to | 
|  | // |SSL_write| will cause the message to be sent. |SSL_write| may be called with | 
|  | // a zero length to flush a KeyUpdate message when no application data is | 
|  | // pending. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_key_update(SSL *ssl, int request_type); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. It runs in two stages. First, it sends | 
|  | // close_notify and returns zero or one on success or -1 on failure. Zero | 
|  | // indicates that close_notify was sent, but not received, and one additionally | 
|  | // indicates that the peer's close_notify had already been received. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // To then wait for the peer's close_notify, run |SSL_shutdown| to completion a | 
|  | // second time. This returns 1 on success and -1 on failure. Application data | 
|  | // is considered a fatal error at this point. To process or discard it, read | 
|  | // until close_notify with |SSL_read| instead. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In both cases, on failure, pass the return value into |SSL_get_error| to | 
|  | // determine how to proceed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Most callers should stop at the first stage. Reading for close_notify is | 
|  | // primarily used for uncommon protocols where the underlying transport is | 
|  | // reused after TLS completes. Additionally, DTLS uses an unordered transport | 
|  | // and is unordered, so the second stage is a no-op in DTLS. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If | 
|  | // enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one | 
|  | // from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for | 
|  | // |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled, | 
|  | // |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the | 
|  | // peer. It will instead synchronously return one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for | 
|  | // |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on | 
|  | // |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine whether the | 
|  | // error was fatal and, if not, when to retry. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller | 
|  | // may inspect the error queue (see |ERR_get_error|) for more information. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from | 
|  | // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready | 
|  | // for reading. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If signaled by a DTLS handshake, the caller must also call | 
|  | // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| and |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| as appropriate. See | 
|  | // |SSL_do_handshake|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE indicates the operation failed attempting to write to | 
|  | // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready | 
|  | // for writing. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the | 
|  | // |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the | 
|  | // callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured | 
|  | // externally. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the library. | 
|  | // The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This is | 
|  | // typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It | 
|  | // may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the | 
|  | // operation's return value will be zero. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection | 
|  | // was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect | 
|  | // the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the | 
|  | // operation when the transport is ready. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a | 
|  | // connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The | 
|  | // caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP is never used. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Remove this. Some callers reference it when stringifying | 
|  | // errors. They should use |SSL_error_description| instead. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session | 
|  | // lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry | 
|  | // the operation when lookup has completed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the | 
|  | // early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may | 
|  | // retry the operation when lookup has completed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because | 
|  | // a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation | 
|  | // when the private key operation is complete. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_set_private_key_method|, |SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method|, and | 
|  | // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET indicates that a ticket decryption is pending. The | 
|  | // caller may retry the operation when the decryption is ready. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET 14 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED indicates that early data was rejected. The | 
|  | // caller should treat this as a connection failure and retry any operations | 
|  | // associated with the rejected early data. |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| may be | 
|  | // used to reuse the underlying connection for the retry. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED 15 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY indicates the operation failed because | 
|  | // certificate verification was incomplete. The caller may retry the operation | 
|  | // when certificate verification is complete. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 16 | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF 17 | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK 18 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE indicates the operation is pending a response to | 
|  | // a renegotiation request from the server. The caller may call | 
|  | // |SSL_renegotiate| to schedule a renegotiation and retry the operation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE 19 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY indicates the handshake has progressed enough | 
|  | // for |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to be called. See also | 
|  | // |SSL_request_handshake_hints|. | 
|  | #define SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY 20 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_error_description returns a string representation of |err|, where |err| | 
|  | // is one of the |SSL_ERROR_*| constants returned by |SSL_get_error|, or NULL | 
|  | // if the value is unrecognized. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_error_description(int err); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success | 
|  | // and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration sets the initial duration for a DTLS | 
|  | // handshake timeout. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This duration overrides the default of 1 second, which is the strong | 
|  | // recommendation of RFC 6347 (see section 4.2.4.1). However, there may exist | 
|  | // situations where a shorter timeout would be beneficial, such as for | 
|  | // time-sensitive applications. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | unsigned duration_ms); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the next DTLS handshake timeout. If there is a | 
|  | // timeout in progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining and returns one. | 
|  | // Otherwise, it returns zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the | 
|  | // retransmit behavior. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the handshake state | 
|  | // machine changes, including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS handshake timeout expires. If no | 
|  | // timeout had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it retransmits the previous | 
|  | // flight of handshake messages and returns 1. If too many timeouts had expired | 
|  | // without progress or an error occurs, it returns -1. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| queries | 
|  | // within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but | 
|  | // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the function returns -1, checking if |SSL_get_error| returns | 
|  | // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| may be used to determine if the retransmit failed due | 
|  | // to a non-fatal error at the write |BIO|. However, the operation may not be | 
|  | // retried until the next timeout fires. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): This |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| behavior is kind of bizarre. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Protocol versions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe | 
|  | #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300 | 
|  | #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301 | 
|  | #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302 | 
|  | #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303 | 
|  | #define TLS1_3_VERSION 0x0304 | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff | 
|  | #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd | 
|  | // DTLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL_VERSION gates experimental, in-progress code for DTLS | 
|  | // 1.3. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: Do not use this value. BoringSSL's DTLS 1.3 implementation is still | 
|  | // under development. The code enabled by this value is neither stable nor | 
|  | // secure. It does not correspond to any real protocol. It is also incompatible | 
|  | // with other DTLS implementations, and it is not compatible with future or past | 
|  | // versions of BoringSSL. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When the DTLS 1.3 implementation is complete, this symbol will be replaced. | 
|  | #define DTLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL_VERSION 0xfc25 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to | 
|  | // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | uint16_t version); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to | 
|  | // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | uint16_t version); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ctx| | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ctx| | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to | 
|  | // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_min_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to | 
|  | // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ssl|. If | 
|  | // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_min_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ssl|. If | 
|  | // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_max_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is | 
|  | // one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version | 
|  | // is negotiated, the result is undefined. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Options. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Options configure protocol behavior. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying | 
|  | // |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|. | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077). | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and | 
|  | // ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the | 
|  | // client's. | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated. | 
|  | // Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| | 
|  | // instead. | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 0x20000000L | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one | 
|  | // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a | 
|  | // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be | 
|  | // one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a | 
|  | // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all | 
|  | // the options enabled for |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or | 
|  | // more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask | 
|  | // representing the resulting enabled options. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one | 
|  | // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a | 
|  | // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the | 
|  | // options enabled for |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Modes. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Modes configure API behavior. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE, in TLS, allows |SSL_write| to complete with a | 
|  | // partial result when the only part of the input was written in a single | 
|  | // record. In DTLS, it does nothing. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER, in TLS, allows retrying an incomplete | 
|  | // |SSL_write| with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the | 
|  | // buffer contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the | 
|  | // misconception that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking | 
|  | // |write|. In DTLS, it does nothing. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain | 
|  | // before sending certificates to the peer. This flag is set (and the feature | 
|  | // disabled) by default. | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/42. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before | 
|  | // receipt of ChangeCipherSpec and Finished. This mode enables full handshakes | 
|  | // to 'complete' in one RTT. See RFC 7918. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When False Start is enabled, |SSL_do_handshake| may succeed before the | 
|  | // handshake has completely finished. |SSL_write| will function at this point, | 
|  | // and |SSL_read| will transparently wait for the final handshake leg before | 
|  | // returning application data. To determine if False Start occurred or when the | 
|  | // handshake is completely finished, see |SSL_in_false_start|, |SSL_in_init|, | 
|  | // and |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| from |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in TLS 1.0 to be | 
|  | // split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and the second will | 
|  | // contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and prevents BEAST | 
|  | // attacks. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to | 
|  | // fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that | 
|  | // session resumption is used for a given SSL*. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello. | 
|  | // To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol | 
|  | // version; see RFC 7507 for details. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use | 
|  | // this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more | 
|  | // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask | 
|  | // representing the resulting enabled modes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or | 
|  | // more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a | 
|  | // bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all | 
|  | // the modes enabled for |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of | 
|  | // the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask | 
|  | // representing the resulting enabled modes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more | 
|  | // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask | 
|  | // representing the resulting enabled modes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the | 
|  | // modes enabled for |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool sets a |CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL| that will be used to | 
|  | // store certificates. This can allow multiple connections to share | 
|  | // certificates and thus save memory. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The SSL_CTX does not take ownership of |pool| and the caller must ensure | 
|  | // that |pool| outlives |ctx| and all objects linked to it, including |SSL|, | 
|  | // |X509| and |SSL_SESSION| objects. Basically, don't ever free |pool|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL *pool); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Credentials. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TLS endpoints may present authentication during the handshake, usually using | 
|  | // X.509 certificates. This is typically required for servers and optional for | 
|  | // clients. BoringSSL uses the |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object to abstract between | 
|  | // different kinds of credentials, as well as configure automatic selection | 
|  | // between multiple credentials. This may be used to select between ECDSA and | 
|  | // RSA certificates. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX| and |SSL| objects maintain lists of credentials in preference | 
|  | // order. During the handshake, BoringSSL will select the first usable | 
|  | // credential from the list. Non-credential APIs, such as | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_use_certificate|, configure a "legacy credential", which is | 
|  | // appended to this list if configured. Using the legacy credential is the same | 
|  | // as configuring an equivalent credential with the |SSL_CREDENTIAL| API. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When selecting credentials, BoringSSL considers the credential's type, its | 
|  | // cryptographic capabilities, and capabilities advertised by the peer. This | 
|  | // varies between TLS versions but includes: | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - Whether the peer supports the leaf certificate key | 
|  | // - Whether there is a common signature algorithm that is compatible with the | 
|  | //   credential | 
|  | // - Whether there is a common cipher suite that is compatible with the | 
|  | //   credential | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: In TLS 1.2 and below, there is no mechanism for servers to advertise | 
|  | // supported ECDSA curves to the client. BoringSSL clients will assume the | 
|  | // server accepts all ECDSA curves in client certificates. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default, BoringSSL does not check the following, though we may add APIs | 
|  | // in the future to enable them on a per-credential basis. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - Whether the peer supports the signature algorithms in the certificate chain | 
|  | // - Whether the a server certificate is compatible with the server_name | 
|  | //   extension (SNI) | 
|  | // - Whether the peer supports the certificate authority that issued the | 
|  | //   certificate | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Credentials may be configured before the handshake or dynamically in the | 
|  | // early callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|) and certificate | 
|  | // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|). These callbacks allow applications to | 
|  | // use BoringSSL's built-in selection logic in tandem with custom logic. For | 
|  | // example, a callback could evaluate application-specific SNI rules to filter | 
|  | // down to an ECDSA and RSA credential, then configure both for BoringSSL to | 
|  | // select between the two. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509 returns a new, empty X.509 credential, or NULL on | 
|  | // error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free| when | 
|  | // done. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Callers should configure a certificate chain and private key on the | 
|  | // credential, along with other properties, then add it with | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref increments the reference count of |cred|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_free decrements the reference count of |cred|. If it reaches | 
|  | // zero, all data referenced by |cred| and |cred| itself are released. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_free(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key sets |cred|'s private key to |cred|. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, | 
|  | EVP_PKEY *key); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |cred| to use |prefs| | 
|  | // as the preference list when signing with |cred|'s private key. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only | 
|  | // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It is an error to call this function with delegated credentials (see | 
|  | // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|) because delegated credentials already | 
|  | // constrain the key to a single algorithm. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs( | 
|  | SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const uint16_t *prefs, size_t num_prefs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain sets |cred|'s certificate chain, starting from | 
|  | // the leaf, to |num_cert|s certificates from |certs|. It returns one on success | 
|  | // and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, | 
|  | CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, | 
|  | size_t num_certs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response sets |cred|'s stapled OCSP response to | 
|  | // |ocsp|. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, | 
|  | CRYPTO_BUFFER *ocsp); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |cred|'s list of signed | 
|  | // certificate timestamps |sct_list|. |sct_list| must contain one or more SCT | 
|  | // structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestampList (see | 
|  | // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT is prefixed | 
|  | // by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or more such | 
|  | // prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list( | 
|  | SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *sct_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ctx|'s credential list. It returns | 
|  | // one on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order | 
|  | // of decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may | 
|  | // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_credential(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ssl|'s credential list. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order of | 
|  | // decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may | 
|  | // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_credential(SSL *ssl, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_certs_clear removes all credentials configured on |ssl|. It also removes | 
|  | // the certificate chain and private key on the legacy credential. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_selected_credential returns the credential in use in the current | 
|  | // handshake on |ssl|. If there is current handshake on |ssl| or if the | 
|  | // handshake has not progressed to this point, it returns NULL. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function is intended for use with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data|. It may | 
|  | // be called from handshake callbacks, such as those in | 
|  | // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|, to trigger credential-specific behavior. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In applications that use the older APIs, such as |SSL_use_certificate|, this | 
|  | // function may return an internal |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object. This internal object | 
|  | // will have no ex_data installed. To avoid this, it is recommended that callers | 
|  | // moving to |SSL_CREDENTIAL| use the new APIs consistently. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_get0_selected_credential( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Configuring certificates and private keys. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and | 
|  | // certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on | 
|  | // the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates | 
|  | // use these functions. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Prefer to configure the certificate before the private key. If configured in | 
|  | // the other order, inconsistent private keys will be silently dropped, rather | 
|  | // than return an error. Additionally, overwriting a previously-configured | 
|  | // certificate and key pair only works if the certificate is configured first. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Each of these functions configures the single "legacy credential" on the | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX| or |SSL|. To select between multiple certificates, use | 
|  | // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509| and other APIs to configure a list of credentials. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns | 
|  | // one on success and zero on failure. If |ctx| has a private key which is | 
|  | // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on failure. If |ssl| has a private key which is | 
|  | // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on failure. If |ctx| had a private key or | 
|  | // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on failure. If |ssl| had a private key or | 
|  | // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to | 
|  | // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. | 
|  | // Otherwise, it returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to | 
|  | // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains | 
|  | // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to | 
|  | // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. | 
|  | // Otherwise, it returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to | 
|  | // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains | 
|  | // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On | 
|  | // success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns | 
|  | // zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of | 
|  | // |x509| and may release it freely. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success, | 
|  | // it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns | 
|  | // one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509| | 
|  | // and may release it freely. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns | 
|  | // one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. | 
|  | // The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative | 
|  | // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, | 
|  | // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and | 
|  | // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate | 
|  | // request. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been | 
|  | // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs | 
|  | // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), | 
|  | void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The | 
|  | // callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative | 
|  | // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, | 
|  | // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and | 
|  | // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate | 
|  | // request. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been | 
|  | // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs | 
|  | // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), | 
|  | void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array | 
|  | // containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the | 
|  | // length of the array. Note this list is always empty in TLS 1.3. The server | 
|  | // will instead send signature algorithms. See | 
|  | // |SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by | 
|  | // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the | 
|  | // handshake is paused because of them. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_types); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array containing | 
|  | // the signature algorithms the peer is able to verify. It returns the length of | 
|  | // the array. Note these values are only sent starting TLS 1.2 and only | 
|  | // mandatory starting TLS 1.3. If not sent, the empty array is returned. For the | 
|  | // historical client certificate types list, see |SSL_get0_certificate_types|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by | 
|  | // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the | 
|  | // handshake is paused because of them. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t | 
|  | SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array | 
|  | // containing the signature algorithms the peer is willing to use with delegated | 
|  | // credentials.  It returns the length of the array. If not sent, the empty | 
|  | // array is returned. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by | 
|  | // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the | 
|  | // handshake is paused because of them. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t | 
|  | SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and | 
|  | // returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and | 
|  | // returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate | 
|  | // timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must | 
|  | // contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp | 
|  | // List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT | 
|  | // is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or | 
|  | // more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of | 
|  | // |list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint8_t *list, | 
|  | size_t list_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate | 
|  | // timestamps that is sent to clients that request is. The same format as the | 
|  | // one used for |SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list| applies. The caller | 
|  | // retains ownership of |list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL *ctx, | 
|  | const uint8_t *list, | 
|  | size_t list_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients | 
|  | // which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller | 
|  | // retains ownership of |response|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint8_t *response, | 
|  | size_t response_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients which | 
|  | // request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains | 
|  | // ownership of |response|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ocsp_response(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t *response, | 
|  | size_t response_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SIGN_* are signature algorithm values as defined in TLS 1.3. | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_ED25519 0x0807 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY is a backport of RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with | 
|  | // SHA-256 to TLS 1.3. It is disabled by default and only defined for client | 
|  | // certificates. | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY 0x0420 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 is an internal signature algorithm used to | 
|  | // specify raw RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with an MD5/SHA-1 concatenation, as used in TLS | 
|  | // before TLS 1.2. | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 0xff01 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name returns a human-readable name for |sigalg|, | 
|  | // or NULL if unknown. If |include_curve| is one, the curve for ECDSA algorithms | 
|  | // is included as in TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it is excluded as in TLS 1.2. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name(uint16_t sigalg, | 
|  | int include_curve); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names outputs a list of possible strings | 
|  | // |SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. | 
|  | // It writes at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it | 
|  | // would have written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be | 
|  | // initially set to zero to size the output. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want | 
|  | // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list | 
|  | // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain | 
|  | // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every | 
|  | // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this | 
|  | // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names(const char **out, | 
|  | size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type returns the key type associated with | 
|  | // |sigalg| as an |EVP_PKEY_*| constant or |EVP_PKEY_NONE| if unknown. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type(uint16_t sigalg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest returns the digest function associated | 
|  | // with |sigalg| or |NULL| if |sigalg| has no prehash (Ed25519) or is unknown. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest( | 
|  | uint16_t sigalg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss returns one if |sigalg| is an RSA-PSS | 
|  | // signature algorithm and zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss(uint16_t sigalg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the | 
|  | // preference list when signing with |ctx|'s private key. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value | 
|  | // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint16_t *prefs, | 
|  | size_t num_prefs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the | 
|  | // preference list when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value | 
|  | // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint16_t *prefs, | 
|  | size_t num_prefs); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Certificate and private key convenience functions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a | 
|  | // TLS client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| | 
|  | // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| | 
|  | // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, | 
|  | EVP_PKEY *privkey, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a TLS | 
|  | // client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| | 
|  | // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| | 
|  | // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_chain_and_key( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, EVP_PKEY *privkey, | 
|  | const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key|. Reference counts are not incremented by this | 
|  | // call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain has been set. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then | 
|  | // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may | 
|  | // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with | 
|  | // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.) | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_CTX_get0_chain( | 
|  | const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by | 
|  | // |SSL_set_chain_and_key|, unless they have been discarded. Reference counts | 
|  | // are not incremented by this call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain | 
|  | // has been set. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then | 
|  | // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may | 
|  | // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with | 
|  | // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.) | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function may return nullptr if a handshake has completed even if | 
|  | // |SSL_set_chain_and_key| was previously called, since the configuration | 
|  | // containing the certificates is typically cleared after handshake completion. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_get0_chain(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as | 
|  | // input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on | 
|  | // failure. | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t der_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *der); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, | 
|  | size_t der_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint8_t *der, | 
|  | size_t der_len); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t *der, size_t der_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint8_t *der, | 
|  | size_t der_len); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, | 
|  | size_t der_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as | 
|  | // input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The | 
|  | // |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether | 
|  | // the file's contents are read as PEM or DER. | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM 1 | 
|  | #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const char *file, | 
|  | int type); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, | 
|  | int type); | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, | 
|  | int type); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, | 
|  | int type); | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, | 
|  | int type); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, | 
|  | int type); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It | 
|  | // reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed | 
|  | // optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on failure. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: If the input contains "TRUSTED CERTIFICATE" PEM blocks, this | 
|  | // function parses auxiliary properties as in |d2i_X509_AUX|. Passing untrusted | 
|  | // input to this function allows an attacker to influence those properties. See | 
|  | // |d2i_X509_AUX| for details. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const char *file); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based | 
|  | // convenience functions called on |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | pem_password_cb *cb); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb returns the callback set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb( | 
|  | const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for | 
|  | // |ctx|'s password callback. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | void *data); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata returns the userdata parameter set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Custom private keys. | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum ssl_private_key_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | ssl_private_key_success, | 
|  | ssl_private_key_retry, | 
|  | ssl_private_key_failure, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_private_key_method_st (aka |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|) describes private | 
|  | // key hooks. This is used to off-load signing operations to a custom, | 
|  | // potentially asynchronous, backend. Metadata about the key such as the type | 
|  | // and size are parsed out of the certificate. | 
|  | struct ssl_private_key_method_st { | 
|  | // sign signs the message |in| in using the specified signature algorithm. On | 
|  | // success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes at most |max_out| | 
|  | // bytes of signature data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes | 
|  | // written. On failure, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation | 
|  | // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should | 
|  | // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the | 
|  | // operation is completed. This will result in a call to |complete|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |signature_algorithm| is one of the |SSL_SIGN_*| values, as defined in TLS | 
|  | // 1.3. Note that, in TLS 1.2, ECDSA algorithms do not require that curve | 
|  | // sizes match hash sizes, so the curve portion of |SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_*| values | 
|  | // must be ignored. BoringSSL will internally handle the curve matching logic | 
|  | // where appropriate. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in | 
|  | // progress on |ssl|. | 
|  | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, | 
|  | size_t max_out, | 
|  | uint16_t signature_algorithm, | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // decrypt decrypts |in_len| bytes of encrypted data from |in|. On success it | 
|  | // returns |ssl_private_key_success|, writes at most |max_out| bytes of | 
|  | // decrypted data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the actual number of bytes | 
|  | // written. On failure it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation | 
|  | // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. The caller should | 
|  | // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the | 
|  | // operation is completed, which will result in a call to |complete|. This | 
|  | // function only works with RSA keys and should perform a raw RSA decryption | 
|  | // operation with no padding. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It is an error to call |decrypt| while another private key operation is in | 
|  | // progress on |ssl|. | 
|  | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, | 
|  | size_t *out_len, size_t max_out, | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // complete completes a pending operation. If the operation has completed, it | 
|  | // returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |out| as in | 
|  | // |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on failure and | 
|  | // |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but it | 
|  | // is an error to call |complete| if there is no pending operation in progress | 
|  | // on |ssl|. | 
|  | enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, | 
|  | size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|. | 
|  | // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities | 
|  | // with |SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a | 
|  | // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ctx|. | 
|  | // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities | 
|  | // with |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a | 
|  | // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on | 
|  | // |cred|. |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |cred|. It returns | 
|  | // one on success and zero if |cred| does not use private keys. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities | 
|  | // with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may | 
|  | // select a signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. This is not | 
|  | // necessary for delegated credentials (see |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|) | 
|  | // because delegated credentials only support a single signature algorithm. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Functions in |key_method| will be passed an |SSL| object, but not |cred| | 
|  | // directly. Use |SSL_get0_selected_credential| to determine the selected | 
|  | // credential. From there, |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data| can be used to look up | 
|  | // credential-specific state, such as a handle to the private key. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method( | 
|  | SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_must_match_issuer sets the flag that this credential | 
|  | // should be considered only when it matches a peer request for a particular | 
|  | // issuer via a negotiation mechanism (such as the certificate_authorities | 
|  | // extension). | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_must_match_issuer(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_clear_must_match_issuer clears the flag requiring issuer | 
|  | // matching, indicating this credential should be considered regardless of peer | 
|  | // issuer matching requests. (This is the default). | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_clear_must_match_issuer( | 
|  | SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_must_match_issuer returns the value of the flag indicating | 
|  | // that this credential should be considered only when it matches a peer request | 
|  | // for a particular issuer via a negotiation mechanism (such as the | 
|  | // certificate_authorities extension). | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_must_match_issuer( | 
|  | const SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_can_release_private_key returns one if |ssl| will no longer call into the | 
|  | // private key and zero otherwise. If the function returns one, the caller can | 
|  | // release state associated with the private key. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // NOTE: This function assumes the caller does not use |SSL_clear| to reuse | 
|  | // |ssl| for a second connection. If |SSL_clear| is used, BoringSSL may still | 
|  | // use the private key on the second connection. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_can_release_private_key(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Cipher suites. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites. | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher | 
|  | // suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See | 
|  | // https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s non-IANA id. This is not its | 
|  | // IANA-assigned number, which is called the "value" here, although it may be | 
|  | // cast to a |uint16_t| to get it. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id returns |cipher|'s IANA-assigned number. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_is_aead returns one if |cipher| uses an AEAD cipher. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_aead(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s bulk | 
|  | // cipher. Possible values are |NID_aes_128_gcm|, |NID_aes_256_gcm|, | 
|  | // |NID_chacha20_poly1305|, |NID_aes_128_cbc|, |NID_aes_256_cbc|, and | 
|  | // |NID_des_ede3_cbc|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s HMAC if it is a | 
|  | // legacy cipher suite. For modern AEAD-based ciphers (see | 
|  | // |SSL_CIPHER_is_aead|), it returns |NID_undef|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note this function only returns the legacy HMAC digest, not the PRF hash. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s key exchange. This may | 
|  | // be |NID_kx_rsa|, |NID_kx_ecdhe|, or |NID_kx_psk| for TLS 1.2. In TLS 1.3, | 
|  | // cipher suites do not specify the key exchange, so this function returns | 
|  | // |NID_kx_any|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s authentication | 
|  | // type. This may be |NID_auth_rsa|, |NID_auth_ecdsa|, or |NID_auth_psk| for TLS | 
|  | // 1.2. In TLS 1.3, cipher suites do not specify authentication, so this | 
|  | // function returns |NID_auth_any|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest returns |cipher|'s PRF hash. If |cipher| | 
|  | // is a pre-TLS-1.2 cipher, it returns |EVP_md5_sha1| but note these ciphers use | 
|  | // SHA-256 in TLS 1.2. Other return values may be treated uniformly in all | 
|  | // applicable versions. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest( | 
|  | const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid behaves like |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| but | 
|  | // returns the NID constant. Use |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version returns the minimum protocol version required | 
|  | // for |cipher|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version returns the maximum protocol version that | 
|  | // supports |cipher|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_standard_name returns the standard IETF name for |cipher|. For | 
|  | // example, "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256". | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_standard_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. For example, | 
|  | // "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256". Callers are recommended to use | 
|  | // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange | 
|  | // method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". TLS 1.3 AEAD-only | 
|  | // ciphers return the string "GENERIC". | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If | 
|  | // |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the | 
|  | // symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, | 
|  | int *out_alg_bits); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_all_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings | 
|  | // |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at | 
|  | // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have | 
|  | // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set | 
|  | // to zero to size the output. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want | 
|  | // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list | 
|  | // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain | 
|  | // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every | 
|  | // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this | 
|  | // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_cipher_names(const char **out, | 
|  | size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings | 
|  | // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes | 
|  | // at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have | 
|  | // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set | 
|  | // to zero to size the output. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want | 
|  | // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list | 
|  | // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain | 
|  | // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every | 
|  | // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this | 
|  | // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names(const char **out, | 
|  | size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Cipher suite configuration. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language | 
|  | // maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of | 
|  | // disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a | 
|  | // default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of | 
|  | // directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a | 
|  | // selector which matches a subset of available ciphers. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Available opcodes are: | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the | 
|  | //   end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to | 
|  | //   each other matching their order in the disabled list. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled | 
|  | //   list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the | 
|  | //   most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other | 
|  | //   disabled ciphers if re-enabled. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with | 
|  | //   relative order preserved. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted | 
|  | //   ciphers will not matched by future operations. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // A selector may be a specific cipher (using either the standard or OpenSSL | 
|  | // name for the cipher) or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final | 
|  | // selector matches the intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA| | 
|  | // matches ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Available cipher rules are: | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |ALL| matches all ciphers, except for deprecated ciphers which must be | 
|  | //   named explicitly. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE, | 
|  | //   ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is | 
|  | //   matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and | 
|  | //   a pre-shared key, respectively. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the | 
|  | //   corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not | 
|  | //   |aRSA|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |3DES|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match ciphers | 
|  | //   whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note that | 
|  | //   |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |SHA1|, and its alias |SHA|, match legacy cipher suites using HMAC-SHA1. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Deprecated cipher rules: | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|, | 
|  | //   |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |HIGH| is an alias for |ALL|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |FIPS| is an alias for |HIGH|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // - |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier. | 
|  | //   |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not | 
|  | //   be used. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Unknown rules are silently ignored by legacy APIs, and rejected by APIs with | 
|  | // "strict" in the name, which should be preferred. Cipher lists can be long | 
|  | // and it's easy to commit typos. Strict functions will also reject the use of | 
|  | // spaces, semi-colons and commas as alternative separators. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands | 
|  | // to the default ordering of available ciphers. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to | 
|  | // partially respect the client's preferences when | 
|  | // |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference | 
|  | // group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to | 
|  | // enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305 | 
|  | // based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square | 
|  | // brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example: | 
|  | // | 
|  | //   [TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256|TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256] | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be | 
|  | // opcode-less. Inside an equal-preference group, spaces are not allowed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TLS 1.3 ciphers do not participate in this mechanism and instead have a | 
|  | // built-in preference order. Functions to set cipher lists do not affect TLS | 
|  | // 1.3, and functions to query the cipher list do not include TLS 1.3 ciphers. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is | 
|  | // substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'. | 
|  | #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL" | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, | 
|  | // evaluating |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains | 
|  | // anything meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const char *str); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating | 
|  | // |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Prefer to use |SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates | 
|  | // garbage inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating | 
|  | // |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains anything | 
|  | // meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as | 
|  | // a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Prefer to use |SSL_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates garbage | 
|  | // inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ctx|, in order of | 
|  | // preference. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group returns one if the |i|th cipher (see | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_get_ciphers|) is in the same equipreference group as the one | 
|  | // following it and zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group(const SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t i); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Connection information. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_is_init_finished returns one if |ssl| has completed its initial handshake | 
|  | // and has no pending handshake. It returns zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_in_init returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake and zero | 
|  | // otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_init(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_in_false_start returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that is in | 
|  | // False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting for the | 
|  | // peer, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before accepting application | 
|  | // data. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the | 
|  | // peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the | 
|  | // result to release it. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if | 
|  | // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list | 
|  | // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during | 
|  | // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If | 
|  | // |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate. | 
|  | // If a client, it does. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if | 
|  | // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list | 
|  | // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during | 
|  | // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This is the same as |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| except that this function | 
|  | // always returns the full chain, i.e. the first element of the return value | 
|  | // (if any) will be the leaf certificate. In constrast, | 
|  | // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| returns only the intermediate certificates if the | 
|  | // |ssl| is a server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if | 
|  | // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list | 
|  | // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during | 
|  | // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This is the |CRYPTO_BUFFER| variant of |SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * | 
|  | SSL_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to | 
|  | // |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if | 
|  | // |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList | 
|  | // (including the two leading length bytes). | 
|  | // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 | 
|  | // If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len| | 
|  | // bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an | 
|  | // OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value | 
|  | // for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It | 
|  | // returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at | 
|  | // least 12. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed. | 
|  | // The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since | 
|  | // renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level | 
|  | // protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the | 
|  | // tls-unique value can be read. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The tls-unique value is defined by | 
|  | // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the | 
|  | // TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the | 
|  | // Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will | 
|  | // return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when | 
|  | // negotiating the original session. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, | 
|  | size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret extension or | 
|  | // TLS 1.3 was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_current_cipher returns cipher suite used by |ssl|, or NULL if it has | 
|  | // not been negotiated yet. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake | 
|  | // and zero otherwise. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake, | 
|  | // initial or renego, is in progress. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure | 
|  | // renegotiation (RFC 5746) or TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, as | 
|  | // specified in RFC 5705. It writes |out_len| bytes to |out| given a label and | 
|  | // optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context| | 
|  | // flag controls whether a context is included.) | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It returns one on success and zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_export_keying_material( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t out_len, const char *label, size_t label_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *context, size_t context_len, int use_context); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Sessions. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an | 
|  | // abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once | 
|  | // established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on | 
|  | // different threads and must not be modified. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note the TLS notion of "session" is not suitable for application-level | 
|  | // session state. It is an optional caching mechanism for the handshake. Not all | 
|  | // connections within an application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. TLS | 
|  | // sessions may be dropped by the client or ignored by the server at any time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on | 
|  | // error. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be | 
|  | // used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_up_ref increments the reference count of |session| and returns | 
|  | // one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches | 
|  | // zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets | 
|  | // |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes | 
|  | // ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns | 
|  | // one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in, | 
|  | uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session | 
|  | // identification information, namely the session ID and ticket. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in, | 
|  | uint8_t **out_data, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It | 
|  | // returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes( | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len, const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS or DTLS version | 
|  | // |session| was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version returns the TLS or DTLS version |session| | 
|  | // was established at. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t | 
|  | SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version sets |session|'s TLS or DTLS version to | 
|  | // |version|. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be | 
|  | // used. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | uint16_t version); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH is the maximum length of an SSL session ID. | 
|  | #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containing |session|'s | 
|  | // session ID and sets |*out_len| to its length. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function should only be used for implementing a TLS session cache. TLS | 
|  | // sessions are not suitable for application-level session state, and a session | 
|  | // ID is an implementation detail of the TLS resumption handshake mechanism. Not | 
|  | // all resumption flows use session IDs, and not all connections within an | 
|  | // application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // To determine if resumption occurred, use |SSL_session_reused| instead. | 
|  | // Comparing session IDs will not give the right result in all cases. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // As a workaround for some broken applications, BoringSSL sometimes synthesizes | 
|  | // arbitrary session IDs for non-ID-based sessions. This behavior may be | 
|  | // removed in the future. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | unsigned *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_set1_id sets |session|'s session ID to |sid|, It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but | 
|  | // otherwise should not be used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id(SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t *sid, | 
|  | size_t sid_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in | 
|  | // seconds since the UNIX epoch. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer returns the peer leaf certificate stored in | 
|  | // |session|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer certificate chain stored | 
|  | // in |session|, or NULL if the peer did not use certificates. This is the | 
|  | // unverified list of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain | 
|  | // built during verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * | 
|  | SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to | 
|  | // point to |*out_len| bytes of SCT information stored in |session|. This is | 
|  | // only valid for client sessions. The SCT information is a | 
|  | // SignedCertificateTimestampList (including the two leading length bytes). See | 
|  | // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 If no SCT was received then | 
|  | // |*out_len| will be zero on return. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list( | 
|  | const SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to | 
|  | // |*out_len| bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER | 
|  | // encoding of an OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH is the maximum length of a master secret. | 
|  | #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get_master_key writes up to |max_out| bytes of |session|'s secret | 
|  | // to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. If |max_out| is zero, it | 
|  | // returns the size of the secret. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | uint8_t *out, size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns | 
|  | // |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not | 
|  | // be used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | uint64_t time); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns | 
|  | // one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not | 
|  | // be used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | uint32_t timeout); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context returns a pointer to a buffer containing | 
|  | // |session|'s session ID context (see |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) and | 
|  | // sets |*out_len| to its length. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context( | 
|  | const SSL_SESSION *session, unsigned *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and | 
|  | // zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise | 
|  | // should not be used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | const uint8_t *sid_ctx, | 
|  | size_t sid_ctx_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use returns one if |session| should be | 
|  | // single-use (TLS 1.3 and later) and zero otherwise. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If this function returns one, clients retain multiple sessions and use each | 
|  | // only once. This prevents passive observers from correlating connections with | 
|  | // tickets. See RFC 8446, appendix C.4. If it returns zero, |session| cannot be | 
|  | // used without leaking a correlator. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_is_resumable returns one if |session| is complete and contains a | 
|  | // session ID or ticket. It returns zero otherwise. Note this function does not | 
|  | // ensure |session| will be resumed. It may be expired, dropped by the server, | 
|  | // or associated with incompatible parameters. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_has_ticket returns one if |session| has a ticket and zero | 
|  | // otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket sets |*out_ticket| and |*out_len| to |session|'s | 
|  | // ticket, or NULL and zero if it does not have one. |out_ticket| may be NULL | 
|  | // if only the ticket length is needed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_ticket, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_set_ticket sets |session|'s ticket to |ticket|. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but | 
|  | // otherwise should not be used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ticket(SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | const uint8_t *ticket, | 
|  | size_t ticket_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint returns ticket lifetime hint of | 
|  | // |session| in seconds or zero if none was set. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t | 
|  | SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher returns the cipher negotiated by the connection which | 
|  | // established |session|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that, in TLS 1.3, there is no guarantee that resumptions with |session| | 
|  | // will use that cipher. Prefer calling |SSL_get_current_cipher| on the |SSL| | 
|  | // instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher( | 
|  | const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256 returns one if |session| has a SHA-256 hash of | 
|  | // the peer's certificate retained and zero if the peer did not present a | 
|  | // certificate or if this was not enabled when |session| was created. See also | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256 sets |*out_ptr| and |*out_len| to the SHA-256 | 
|  | // hash of the peer certificate retained in |session|, or NULL and zero if it | 
|  | // does not have one. See also |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_ptr, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Session caching. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Session caching allows connections to be established more efficiently based | 
|  | // on saved parameters from a previous connection, called a session (see | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION|). The client offers a saved session, using an opaque identifier | 
|  | // from a previous connection. The server may accept the session, if it has the | 
|  | // parameters available. Otherwise, it will decline and continue with a full | 
|  | // handshake. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This requires both the client and the server to retain session state. A | 
|  | // client does so with a stateful session cache. A server may do the same or, if | 
|  | // supported by both sides, statelessly using session tickets. For more | 
|  | // information on the latter, see the next section. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an | 
|  | // in-memory hash table. Servers may also use |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to implement a custom external session cache. In | 
|  | // particular, this may be used to share a session cache between multiple | 
|  | // servers in a large deployment. An external cache may be used in addition to | 
|  | // or instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to | 
|  | // toggle the internal cache. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Clients may use | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to register a callback for when new sessions are | 
|  | // available. These may be cached and, in subsequent compatible connections, | 
|  | // configured with |SSL_set_session|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits certificate | 
|  | // verification and most parameter negotiation. Resuming sessions across | 
|  | // different contexts may result in security failures and surprising | 
|  | // behavior. For a typical client, this means sessions for different hosts must | 
|  | // be cached under different keys. A client that connects to the same host with, | 
|  | // e.g., different cipher suite settings or client certificates should also use | 
|  | // separate session caches between those contexts. Servers should also partition | 
|  | // session caches between SNI hosts with |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note also, in TLS 1.2 and earlier, offering sessions allows passive observers | 
|  | // to correlate different client connections. TLS 1.3 and later fix this, | 
|  | // provided clients use sessions at most once. Session caches are managed by the | 
|  | // caller in BoringSSL, so this must be implemented externally. See | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use| for details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. The internal | 
|  | // cache is never used on a client, so this only enables the callbacks. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH enables session caching for both client and server. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP, on a server, disables looking up a session | 
|  | // from the internal session cache. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE, on a server, disables storing sessions in | 
|  | // the internal session cache. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL, on a server, disables the internal session | 
|  | // cache. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \ | 
|  | (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to | 
|  | // |mode|. It returns the previous value. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for | 
|  | // |ctx| | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session| | 
|  | // in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of | 
|  | // |session|. Note that configuring a session assumes the authentication in the | 
|  | // session is valid. For callers that wish to revalidate the session before | 
|  | // offering, see |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates|, | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list|, and | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It is an error to call this function after the handshake has begun. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a | 
|  | // session in TLS 1.2 or earlier. This is how long we are willing to use the | 
|  | // secret to encrypt traffic without fresh key material. | 
|  | #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a | 
|  | // session for TLS 1.3 psk_dhe_ke. This is how long we are willing to use the | 
|  | // secret as an authenticator. | 
|  | #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT is the default non-renewable lifetime, in | 
|  | // seconds, of a TLS 1.3 session. This is how long we are willing to trust the | 
|  | // signature in the initial handshake. | 
|  | #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT (7 * 24 * 60 * 60) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) | 
|  | // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t timeout); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.3 | 
|  | // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | uint32_t timeout); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) | 
|  | // sessions created in |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH is the maximum length of a session ID context. | 
|  | #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. | 
|  | // It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an | 
|  | // application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a | 
|  | // connection without a matching session ID context. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a | 
|  | // session ID context. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint8_t *sid_ctx, | 
|  | size_t sid_ctx_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on error. See also | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx, | 
|  | size_t sid_ctx_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_session_id_context returns a pointer to |ssl|'s session ID context | 
|  | // and sets |*out_len| to its length.  It returns NULL on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_get0_session_id_context(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session | 
|  | // cache. | 
|  | #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session | 
|  | // cache to |size|. It returns the previous value. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | unsigned long size); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal | 
|  | // session cache. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal | 
|  | // session cache. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on error or if |session| is already in the | 
|  | // cache. The caller retains its reference to |session|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache. | 
|  | // It returns one on success and zero if |session| was not in the cache. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as | 
|  | // of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t time); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is | 
|  | // established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the | 
|  | // appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is | 
|  | // unset), the callback is not called. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes | 
|  | // ownership (and then calls |SSL_SESSION_free| when done) and zero otherwise. A | 
|  | // consumer which places |session| into an in-memory cache will likely return | 
|  | // one, with the cache calling |SSL_SESSION_free|. A consumer which serializes | 
|  | // |session| with |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| may not need to retain |session| and | 
|  | // will likely return zero. Returning one is equivalent to calling | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION_up_ref| and then returning zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a | 
|  | // ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after | 
|  | // |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus | 
|  | // it's recommended to use this callback over calling |SSL_get_session| on | 
|  | // handshake completion. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is | 
|  | // removed from the internal session cache. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it | 
|  | // only fires on sessions in the internal cache. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a | 
|  | // server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and | 
|  | // return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a | 
|  | // client. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL | 
|  | // library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting | 
|  | // the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If | 
|  | // |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be | 
|  | // removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|, | 
|  | // whereas the callback may synchronize internally. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return | 
|  | // |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and | 
|  | // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if | 
|  | // the internal cache does not return a match. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, | 
|  | int id_len, int *out_copy)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates | 
|  | // that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then | 
|  | // return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later | 
|  | // when the lookup has completed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Session tickets. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side | 
|  | // state. The server maintains a secret ticket key and sends the client opaque | 
|  | // encrypted session parameters, called a ticket. When offering the session, the | 
|  | // client sends the ticket which the server decrypts to recover session state. | 
|  | // Session tickets are enabled by default but may be disabled with | 
|  | // |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets. | 
|  | // Callers do not need to handle them differently. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key. | 
|  | // By default, an |SSL_CTX| will manage session ticket encryption keys by | 
|  | // generating them internally and rotating every 48 hours. Tickets are minted | 
|  | // and processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure | 
|  | // a persistent key or implement more custom behavior, including key rotation | 
|  | // and sharing keys between multiple servers in a large deployment. There are | 
|  | // three levels of customisation possible: | 
|  | // | 
|  | // 1) One can simply set the keys with |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys|. | 
|  | // 2) One can configure an |EVP_CIPHER_CTX| and |HMAC_CTX| directly for | 
|  | //    encryption and authentication. | 
|  | // 3) One can configure an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD| to have more control | 
|  | //    and the option of asynchronous decryption. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // An attacker that compromises a server's session ticket key can impersonate | 
|  | // the server and, prior to TLS 1.3, retroactively decrypt all application | 
|  | // traffic from sessions using that ticket key. Thus ticket keys must be | 
|  | // regularly rotated for forward secrecy. Note the default key is rotated | 
|  | // automatically once every 48 hours but manually configured keys are not. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL is the interval with which the | 
|  | // default session ticket encryption key is rotated, if in use. If any | 
|  | // non-default ticket encryption mechanism is configured, automatic rotation is | 
|  | // disabled. | 
|  | #define SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to | 
|  | // |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not | 
|  | // 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out, | 
|  | size_t len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to | 
|  | // |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not | 
|  | // 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in, | 
|  | size_t len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session | 
|  | // ticket. | 
|  | #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and | 
|  | // returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when | 
|  | // decrypting a ticket from the client. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with | 
|  | // |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback| | 
|  | // configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx| | 
|  | // for encryption or decryption, based on the mode. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public | 
|  | // 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length | 
|  | // must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, | 
|  | // |callback| returns 1 on success and -1 on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a | 
|  | // 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must | 
|  | // match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, | 
|  | // |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if decrypting the ticket | 
|  | // failed, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be renewed. | 
|  | // This may be used to re-key the ticket. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is | 
|  | // called in two different modes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv, | 
|  | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx, | 
|  | int encrypt)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_ticket_aead_result_t enumerates the possible results from decrypting a | 
|  | // ticket with an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|. | 
|  | enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | // ssl_ticket_aead_success indicates that the ticket was successfully | 
|  | // decrypted. | 
|  | ssl_ticket_aead_success, | 
|  | // ssl_ticket_aead_retry indicates that the operation could not be | 
|  | // immediately completed and must be reattempted, via |open|, at a later | 
|  | // point. | 
|  | ssl_ticket_aead_retry, | 
|  | // ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket indicates that the ticket should be ignored | 
|  | // (i.e. is corrupt or otherwise undecryptable). | 
|  | ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket, | 
|  | // ssl_ticket_aead_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the | 
|  | // handshake should be terminated. | 
|  | ssl_ticket_aead_error, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_ticket_aead_method_st (aka |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|) contains methods | 
|  | // for encrypting and decrypting session tickets. | 
|  | struct ssl_ticket_aead_method_st { | 
|  | // max_overhead returns the maximum number of bytes of overhead that |seal| | 
|  | // may add. | 
|  | size_t (*max_overhead)(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // seal encrypts and authenticates |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, | 
|  | // |max_out_len| bytes to |out|, and puts the number of bytes written in | 
|  | // |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will not otherwise | 
|  | // alias. It returns one on success or zero on error. | 
|  | int (*seal)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, size_t max_out_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // open authenticates and decrypts |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, | 
|  | // |max_out_len| bytes of plaintext to |out|, and puts the number of bytes | 
|  | // written in |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will | 
|  | // not otherwise alias. See |ssl_ticket_aead_result_t| for details of the | 
|  | // return values. In the case that a retry is indicated, the caller should | 
|  | // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the | 
|  | // operation is completed, which will result in another call to |open|. | 
|  | enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t (*open)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, | 
|  | size_t max_out_len, const uint8_t *in, | 
|  | size_t in_len); | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method configures a custom ticket AEAD method table | 
|  | // on |ctx|. |aead_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD *aead_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket processes an unencrypted TLS 1.3 | 
|  | // NewSessionTicket message from |buf| and returns a resumable |SSL_SESSION|, | 
|  | // or NULL on error. The caller takes ownership of the returned session and | 
|  | // must call |SSL_SESSION_free| to free it. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |buf| contains |buf_len| bytes that represents a complete NewSessionTicket | 
|  | // message including its header, i.e., one byte for the type (0x04) and three | 
|  | // bytes for the length. |buf| must contain only one such message. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function may be used to process NewSessionTicket messages in TLS 1.3 | 
|  | // clients that are handling the record layer externally. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets configures |ctx| to send |num_tickets| immediately | 
|  | // after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. It returns one. Large | 
|  | // values of |num_tickets| will be capped within the library. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default, BoringSSL sends two tickets. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets returns the number of tickets |ctx| will send | 
|  | // immediately after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Diffie-Hellman groups and ephemeral key exchanges. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Most TLS handshakes (ECDHE cipher suites in TLS 1.2, and all supported TLS | 
|  | // 1.3 modes) incorporate an ephemeral key exchange, most commonly using | 
|  | // Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), as described in RFC 8422. The key | 
|  | // exchange algorithm is negotiated separately from the cipher suite, using | 
|  | // NamedGroup values, which define Diffie-Hellman groups. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Historically, these values were known as "curves", in reference to ECDH, and | 
|  | // some APIs refer to the original name. RFC 7919 renamed them to "groups" in | 
|  | // reference to Diffie-Hellman in general. These values are also used to select | 
|  | // experimental post-quantum KEMs. Though not Diffie-Hellman groups, KEMs can | 
|  | // fill a similar role in TLS, so they use the same codepoints. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In TLS 1.2, the ECDH values also negotiate elliptic curves used in ECDSA. In | 
|  | // TLS 1.3 and later, ECDSA curves are part of the signature algorithm. See | 
|  | // |SSL_SIGN_*|. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_GROUP_* define TLS group IDs. | 
|  | #define SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 21 | 
|  | #define SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 23 | 
|  | #define SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 24 | 
|  | #define SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 25 | 
|  | #define SSL_GROUP_X25519 29 | 
|  | #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_MLKEM768 0x11ec | 
|  | #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 0x6399 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to |group_ids|. | 
|  | // Each element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint16_t *group_ids, | 
|  | size_t num_group_ids); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to |group_ids|. Each | 
|  | // element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_group_ids(SSL *ssl, const uint16_t *group_ids, | 
|  | size_t num_group_ids); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_group_id returns the ID of the group used by |ssl|'s most recently | 
|  | // completed handshake, or 0 if not applicable. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_group_id(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_group_name returns a human-readable name for the group specified by | 
|  | // the given TLS group ID, or NULL if the group is unknown. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_group_name(uint16_t group_id); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_all_group_names outputs a list of possible strings | 
|  | // |SSL_get_group_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at | 
|  | // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have | 
|  | // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set | 
|  | // to zero to size the output. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want | 
|  | // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list | 
|  | // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain | 
|  | // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every | 
|  | // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this | 
|  | // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_group_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following APIs also configure Diffie-Hellman groups, but use |NID_*| | 
|  | // constants instead of |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. These are provided for OpenSSL | 
|  | // compatibility. Where NIDs are unstable constants specific to OpenSSL and | 
|  | // BoringSSL, group IDs are defined by the TLS protocol. Prefer the group ID | 
|  | // representation if storing persistently, or exporting to another process or | 
|  | // library. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to be |groups|. Each | 
|  | // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *groups, | 
|  | size_t num_groups); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to be |groups|. Each | 
|  | // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups(SSL *ssl, const int *groups, | 
|  | size_t num_groups); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group | 
|  | // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ctx|'s preferred groups to the | 
|  | // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *groups); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group | 
|  | // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ssl|'s preferred groups to the | 
|  | // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups_list(SSL *ssl, const char *groups); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_negotiated_group returns the NID of the group used by |ssl|'s most | 
|  | // recently completed handshake, or |NID_undef| if not applicable. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_negotiated_group(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Certificate verification. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically | 
|  | // this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions | 
|  | // configure certificate verification. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not | 
|  | // fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from | 
|  | // the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is | 
|  | // underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For | 
|  | // now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing | 
|  | // certificate verification externally. This may be done with | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with | 
|  | // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will | 
|  | // be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy | 
|  | // X.509 and ASN.1 stack. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling | 
|  | // (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not | 
|  | // make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On | 
|  | // a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default. | 
|  | #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a | 
|  | // server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However, | 
|  | // anonymous clients are still allowed. See | 
|  | // |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|. | 
|  | #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if | 
|  | // the client declines to send a certificate. This flag must be used together | 
|  | // with |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|, otherwise it won't work. | 
|  | #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate | 
|  | // if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated. | 
|  | #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is | 
|  | // one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|, | 
|  | // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate | 
|  | // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See | 
|  | // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use | 
|  | // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to | 
|  | // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate | 
|  | // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after | 
|  | // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple | 
|  | // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this | 
|  | // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or | 
|  | // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Instead, use |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| or | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to customize certificate verification. | 
|  | // Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and | 
|  | // inspect the result, or perform other operations more straightforwardly. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of | 
|  | // the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|, | 
|  | // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate | 
|  | // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See | 
|  | // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use | 
|  | // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to | 
|  | // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate | 
|  | // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after | 
|  | // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple | 
|  | // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this | 
|  | // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or | 
|  | // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Instead, use |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_set_cert_verify_callback| to | 
|  | // customize certificate verification. Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent | 
|  | // chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and inspect the result, or perform other | 
|  | // operations more straightforwardly. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode, | 
|  | int (*callback)(int ok, | 
|  | X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum ssl_verify_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | ssl_verify_ok, | 
|  | ssl_verify_invalid, | 
|  | ssl_verify_retry, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify configures certificate verification. |mode| is one | 
|  | // of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| performs the | 
|  | // certificate verification. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback may call |SSL_get0_peer_certificates| for the certificate chain | 
|  | // to validate. The callback should return |ssl_verify_ok| if the certificate is | 
|  | // valid. If the certificate is invalid, the callback should return | 
|  | // |ssl_verify_invalid| and optionally set |*out_alert| to an alert to send to | 
|  | // the peer. Some useful alerts include |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, | 
|  | // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED|, |SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA|, |SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE|, | 
|  | // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN|, and |SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR|. See RFC 5246 | 
|  | // section 7.2.2 for their precise meanings. If unspecified, | 
|  | // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN| will be sent by default. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // To verify a certificate asynchronously, the callback may return | 
|  | // |ssl_verify_retry|. The handshake will then pause with |SSL_get_error| | 
|  | // returning |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, | 
|  | enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_custom_verify behaves like |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| but configures | 
|  | // an individual |SSL|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_custom_verify( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, int mode, | 
|  | enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| | 
|  | // or |SSL_set_verify|.  It returns -1 on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( | 
|  | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or | 
|  | // |SSL_set_verify|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))( | 
|  | int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_host sets a DNS name that will be required to be present in the | 
|  | // verified leaf certificate. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note: unless _some_ name checking is performed, certificate validation is | 
|  | // ineffective. Simply checking that a host has some certificate from a CA is | 
|  | // rarely meaningful—you have to check that the CA believed that the host was | 
|  | // who you expect to be talking to. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default, both subject alternative names and the subject's common name | 
|  | // attribute are checked. The latter has long been deprecated, so callers should | 
|  | // call |SSL_set_hostflags| with |X509_CHECK_FLAG_NEVER_CHECK_SUBJECT| to use | 
|  | // the standard behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/464 tracks fixing the | 
|  | // default. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_host(SSL *ssl, const char *hostname); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_hostflags calls |X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags| on the | 
|  | // |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| associated with this |SSL*|. |flags| should be some | 
|  | // combination of the |X509_CHECK_*| constants. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *ssl, unsigned flags); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain | 
|  | // accepted in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and | 
|  | // the trust anchor (root certificate). | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted | 
|  | // in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and the | 
|  | // trust anchor (root certificate). | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted | 
|  | // in verification. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in | 
|  | // verification. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate | 
|  | // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call | 
|  | // functions on it to configure it. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate | 
|  | // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call | 
|  | // functions on it to configure it. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to | 
|  | // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to | 
|  | // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to | 
|  | // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to | 
|  | // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes | 
|  | // ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated. | 
|  | // See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths calls |X509_STORE_set_default_paths| on | 
|  | // |ctx|'s store. See that function for details. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Using this function is not recommended. In OpenSSL, these defaults are | 
|  | // determined by OpenSSL's install prefix. There is no corresponding concept for | 
|  | // BoringSSL. Future versions of BoringSSL may change or remove this | 
|  | // functionality. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations calls |X509_STORE_load_locations| on |ctx|'s | 
|  | // store. See that function for details. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const char *ca_file, | 
|  | const char *ca_dir); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is | 
|  | // either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_alert_from_verify_result returns the SSL alert code, such as | 
|  | // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, that corresponds to an |X509_V_ERR_*| value. | 
|  | // The return value is always an alert, even when |result| is |X509_V_OK|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_alert_from_verify_result(long result); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up | 
|  | // the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on | 
|  | // certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains | 
|  | // the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and | 
|  | // zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a | 
|  | // verification result. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the | 
|  | // |SSL| object from |store_ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg), | 
|  | void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end | 
|  | // of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See | 
|  | // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the | 
|  | // handshake. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL | 
|  | // objects created from |ctx|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the | 
|  | // handshake. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a | 
|  | // connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the | 
|  | // handshake. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects | 
|  | // created from |ctx|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the | 
|  | // handshake. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used | 
|  | // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of | 
|  | // |store| is transferred to the |SSL_CTX|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | X509_STORE *store); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used | 
|  | // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional | 
|  | // reference to |store| will be taken. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | X509_STORE *store); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used | 
|  | // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of | 
|  | // |store| is transferred to the |SSL|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used | 
|  | // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional | 
|  | // reference to |store| will be taken. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the | 
|  | // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It | 
|  | // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only | 
|  | // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const uint16_t *prefs, | 
|  | size_t num_prefs); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the | 
|  | // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It | 
|  | // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only | 
|  | // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint16_t *prefs, | 
|  | size_t num_prefs); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Client certificate CA list. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of | 
|  | // certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to | 
|  | // configure this list. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to | 
|  | // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to | 
|  | // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set0_client_CAs sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |name_list|, | 
|  | // which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). It takes | 
|  | // ownership of |name_list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_client_CAs(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set0_CA_names sets |ssl|'s CA name list for the certificate authorities | 
|  | // extension to |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names | 
|  | // (RFC 5280). It takes ownership of |name_list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_CA_names(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to | 
|  | // |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). | 
|  | // It takes ownership of |name_list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl| | 
|  | // has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by | 
|  | // the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the | 
|  | // callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or | 
|  | // when the handshake is paused because of them. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs returns the CAs sent by a server to guide a | 
|  | // client in certificate selection. They are a series of DER-encoded X.509 | 
|  | // names. This function may only be called during a callback set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when the handshake is paused because of it. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The returned stack is owned by |ssl|, as are its contents. It should not be | 
|  | // used past the point where the handshake is restarted after the callback. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * | 
|  | SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) * | 
|  | SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list. | 
|  | // It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of | 
|  | // |x509|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA | 
|  | // list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains | 
|  | // ownership of |x509|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from | 
|  | // it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL | 
|  | // on error. Duplicates in |file| are ignored. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on | 
|  | // success or NULL on allocation error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file| | 
|  | // but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on | 
|  | // error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, | 
|  | const char *file); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like | 
|  | // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| but reads from |bio|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, | 
|  | BIO *bio); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Server name indication. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The server_name extension (RFC 3546) allows the client to advertise the name | 
|  | // of the server it is connecting to. This is used in virtual hosting | 
|  | // deployments to select one of a several certificates on a single IP. Only the | 
|  | // host_name name type is supported. | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tlsext_host_name, for a client, configures |ssl| to advertise |name| | 
|  | // in the server_name extension. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(SSL *ssl, const char *name); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_servername, for a server, returns the hostname supplied by the | 
|  | // client or NULL if there was none. The |type| argument must be | 
|  | // |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *ssl, const int type); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_servername_type, for a server, returns |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name| | 
|  | // if the client sent a hostname and -1 otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback configures |callback| to be called on | 
|  | // the server after ClientHello extensions have been parsed and returns one. | 
|  | // The callback may use |SSL_get_servername| to examine the server_name | 
|  | // extension and returns a |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| value. The value of |arg| may be | 
|  | // set by calling |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the callback returns |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|, the server_name extension is | 
|  | // not acknowledged in the ServerHello. If the return value is | 
|  | // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL|, then |*out_alert| is the alert to send, | 
|  | // defaulting to |SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME|. |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is | 
|  | // ignored and treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, int *out_alert, void *arg)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg sets the argument to the servername | 
|  | // callback and returns one. See |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_* are values returned by some extension-related callbacks. | 
|  | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1 | 
|  | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2 | 
|  | #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_SSL_CTX changes |ssl|'s |SSL_CTX|. |ssl| will use the | 
|  | // certificate-related settings from |ctx|, and |SSL_get_SSL_CTX| will report | 
|  | // |ctx|. This function may be used during the callbacks registered by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|, | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|, and |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when | 
|  | // the handshake is paused from them. It is typically used to switch | 
|  | // certificates based on SNI. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note the session cache and related settings will continue to use the initial | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX|. Callers should use |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context| to partition | 
|  | // the session cache between different domains. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Should other settings change after this call? | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Application-layer protocol negotiation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer | 
|  | // protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate | 
|  | // HTTP/2. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to | 
|  | // |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit | 
|  | // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns | 
|  | // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables | 
|  | // ALPN on a client. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value | 
|  | // convention. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos, | 
|  | size_t protos_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|. | 
|  | // |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit | 
|  | // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns | 
|  | // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables | 
|  | // ALPN on a client. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value | 
|  | // convention. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos, | 
|  | size_t protos_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called | 
|  | // during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the | 
|  | // client's list of offered protocols. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional | 
|  | // utility function which may be useful in implementing this callback. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit | 
|  | // length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. To select a protocol, | 
|  | // the callback should set |*out| and |*out_len| to the selected protocol and | 
|  | // return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success. It does not pass ownership of the | 
|  | // buffer, so |*out| should point to a static string, a buffer that outlives the | 
|  | // callback call, or the corresponding entry in |in|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the server supports ALPN, but there are no protocols in common, the | 
|  | // callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| to abort the connection | 
|  | // with a no_application_protocol alert. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the server does not support ALPN, it can return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to | 
|  | // continue the handshake without negotiating a protocol. This may be useful if | 
|  | // multiple server configurations share an |SSL_CTX|, only some of which have | 
|  | // ALPN protocols configured. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is ignored and will be treated as | 
|  | // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback will only be called if the client supports ALPN. Callers that | 
|  | // wish to require ALPN for all clients must check |SSL_get0_alpn_selected| | 
|  | // after the handshake. In QUIC connections, this is done automatically. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The cipher suite is selected before negotiating ALPN. The callback may use | 
|  | // |SSL_get_pending_cipher| to query the cipher suite. This may be used to | 
|  | // implement HTTP/2's cipher suite constraints. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), | 
|  | void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|. | 
|  | // On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name | 
|  | // (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond | 
|  | // with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_data, | 
|  | unsigned *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos configures client connections on |ctx| | 
|  | // to allow unknown ALPN protocols from the server. Otherwise, by default, the | 
|  | // client will require that the protocol be advertised in | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Application-layer protocol settings | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The ALPS extension (draft-vvv-tls-alps) allows exchanging application-layer | 
|  | // settings in the TLS handshake for applications negotiated with ALPN. Note | 
|  | // that, when ALPS is negotiated, the client and server each advertise their own | 
|  | // settings, so there are functions to both configure setting to send and query | 
|  | // received settings. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_add_application_settings configures |ssl| to enable ALPS with ALPN | 
|  | // protocol |proto|, sending an ALPS value of |settings|. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on error. If |proto| is negotiated via ALPN and the peer | 
|  | // supports ALPS, |settings| will be sent to the peer. The peer's ALPS value can | 
|  | // be retrieved with |SSL_get0_peer_application_settings|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On the client, this function should be called before the handshake, once for | 
|  | // each supported ALPN protocol which uses ALPS. |proto| must be included in the | 
|  | // client's ALPN configuration (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos| and | 
|  | // |SSL_set_alpn_protos|). On the server, ALPS can be preconfigured for each | 
|  | // protocol as in the client, or configuration can be deferred to the ALPN | 
|  | // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|), in which case only the selected | 
|  | // protocol needs to be configured. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // ALPS can be independently configured from 0-RTT, however changes in protocol | 
|  | // settings will fallback to 1-RTT to negotiate the new value, so it is | 
|  | // recommended for |settings| to be relatively stable. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_application_settings(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *proto, | 
|  | size_t proto_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *settings, | 
|  | size_t settings_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_peer_application_settings sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to a | 
|  | // buffer containing the peer's ALPS value, or the empty string if ALPS was not | 
|  | // negotiated. Note an empty string could also indicate the peer sent an empty | 
|  | // settings value. Use |SSL_has_application_settings| to check if ALPS was | 
|  | // negotiated. The output buffer is owned by |ssl| and is valid until the next | 
|  | // time |ssl| is modified. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_peer_application_settings(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_data, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_has_application_settings returns one if ALPS was negotiated on this | 
|  | // connection and zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_application_settings(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint configures whether to use the new ALPS | 
|  | // codepoint. By default, the old codepoint is used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_new); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Certificate compression. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Certificates in TLS 1.3 can be compressed (RFC 8879). BoringSSL supports this | 
|  | // as both a client and a server, but does not link against any specific | 
|  | // compression libraries in order to keep dependencies to a minimum. Instead, | 
|  | // hooks for compression and decompression can be installed in an |SSL_CTX| to | 
|  | // enable support. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_cert_compression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs | 
|  | // compression. It must write the compressed representation of |in| to |out|, | 
|  | // returning one on success and zero on error. The results of compressing | 
|  | // certificates are not cached internally. Implementations may wish to implement | 
|  | // their own cache if they expect it to be useful given the certificates that | 
|  | // they serve. | 
|  | typedef int (*ssl_cert_compression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CBB *out, | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_cert_decompression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs | 
|  | // decompression. The compressed data from the peer is passed as |in| and the | 
|  | // decompressed result must be exactly |uncompressed_len| bytes long. It returns | 
|  | // one on success, in which case |*out| must be set to the result of | 
|  | // decompressing |in|, or zero on error. Setting |*out| transfers ownership, | 
|  | // i.e. |CRYPTO_BUFFER_free| will be called on |*out| at some point in the | 
|  | // future. The results of decompressions are not cached internally. | 
|  | // Implementations may wish to implement their own cache if they expect it to be | 
|  | // useful. | 
|  | typedef int (*ssl_cert_decompression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER **out, | 
|  | size_t uncompressed_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg registers a certificate compression | 
|  | // algorithm on |ctx| with ID |alg_id|. (The value of |alg_id| should be an IANA | 
|  | // assigned value and each can only be registered once.) | 
|  | // | 
|  | // One of the function pointers may be NULL to avoid having to implement both | 
|  | // sides of a compression algorithm if you're only going to use it in one | 
|  | // direction. In this case, the unimplemented direction acts like it was never | 
|  | // configured. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For a server, algorithms are registered in preference order with the most | 
|  | // preferable first. It returns one on success or zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t alg_id, ssl_cert_compression_func_t compress, | 
|  | ssl_cert_decompression_func_t decompress); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Next protocol negotiation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN | 
|  | // and deprecated in favor of it. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a | 
|  | // TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol Negotiation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the callback wishes to advertise NPN to the client, it should return | 
|  | // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and then set |*out| and |*out_len| to describe to a | 
|  | // buffer containing a (possibly empty) list of supported protocols in wire | 
|  | // format. That is, each protocol is prefixed with a 1-byte length, then | 
|  | // concatenated. From there, the client will select a protocol, possibly one not | 
|  | // on the server's list. The caller can use |SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated| | 
|  | // after the handshake completes to query the final protocol. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The returned buffer must remain valid and unmodified for at least the | 
|  | // duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|) that triggered the | 
|  | // callback. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the caller wishes not to advertise NPN, it should return | 
|  | // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. No NPN extension will be included in the ServerHello, | 
|  | // and the TLS server will behave as if it does not implement NPN. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg), | 
|  | void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client | 
|  | // needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list, passed in wire | 
|  | // format in |in_len| bytes from |in|. The callback can assume that |in| is | 
|  | // syntactically valid. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional utility function | 
|  | // which may be useful in implementing this callback. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // On success, the callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and | 
|  | // |*out_len| to describe a buffer containing the selected protocol, or an | 
|  | // empty buffer to select no protocol. The returned buffer may point within | 
|  | // |in|, or it may point to some other buffer that remains valid and unmodified | 
|  | // for at least the duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|) | 
|  | // that triggered the callback. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Returning any other value indicates a fatal error and will terminate the TLS | 
|  | // connection. To proceed without selecting a protocol, the callback must return | 
|  | // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer. (E.g. | 
|  | // NULL and zero, respectively.) | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client. Although the callback can | 
|  | // then decline to negotiate a protocol, merely configuring the callback causes | 
|  | // the client to offer NPN in the ClientHello. Callers thus should not configure | 
|  | // this callback in TLS client contexts that are not intended to use NPN. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), | 
|  | void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to | 
|  | // the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't | 
|  | // request any protocol, then |*out_len| is set to zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned | 
|  | // from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols | 
|  | // provided by the server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_data, | 
|  | unsigned *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection for either | 
|  | // ALPN servers or NPN clients. It is expected that this function is called from | 
|  | // the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb| or | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |peer| and |supported| contain the peer and locally-configured protocols, | 
|  | // respectively. This function finds the first protocol in |peer| which is also | 
|  | // in |supported|. If one was found, it sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to | 
|  | // it and returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED|. Otherwise, it returns | 
|  | // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| and sets |*out| and |*out_len| to the first | 
|  | // supported protocol. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In ALPN, the server should only select protocols among those that the client | 
|  | // offered. Thus, if this function returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, the caller | 
|  | // should ignore |*out| and return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| from | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback to indicate there was no match. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In NPN, the client may either select one of the server's protocols, or an | 
|  | // "opportunistic" protocol as described in Section 6 of | 
|  | // draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03. When this function returns | 
|  | // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, |*out| implicitly selects the first supported | 
|  | // protocol for use as the opportunistic protocol. The caller may use it, | 
|  | // ignore it and select a different opportunistic protocol, or ignore it and | 
|  | // select no protocol (empty string). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |peer| and |supported| must be vectors of 8-bit, length-prefixed byte | 
|  | // strings. The length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte string | 
|  | // of length 0 is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |supported| must be | 
|  | // non-empty; a caller that supports no ALPN/NPN protocols should skip | 
|  | // negotiating the extension, rather than calling this function. If any of these | 
|  | // preconditions do not hold, this function will return |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| | 
|  | // and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer for robustness, but callers | 
|  | // are not recommended to rely on this. An empty buffer is not a valid output | 
|  | // for |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: |*out| and |*out_len| may alias either |peer| or |supported| and may | 
|  | // not be used after one of those buffers is modified or released. Additionally, | 
|  | // this function is not const-correct for compatibility reasons. Although |*out| | 
|  | // is a non-const pointer, callers may not modify the buffer though |*out|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *peer, unsigned peer_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *supported, | 
|  | unsigned supported_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0 | 
|  | #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1 | 
|  | #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2 | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Channel ID. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. This is an old, experimental mechanism | 
|  | // and should not be used in new code. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether connections associated | 
|  | // with |ctx| should enable Channel ID as a server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether |ssl| should enable Channel | 
|  | // ID as a server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID | 
|  | // to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | EVP_PKEY *private_key); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to | 
|  | // compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL| | 
|  | // and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID | 
|  | // consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a | 
|  | // 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a | 
|  | // Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. This function | 
|  | // always returns zero if |ssl| is a client. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, | 
|  | size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // DTLS-SRTP. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See RFC 5764. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // srtp_protection_profile_st (aka |SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE|) is an SRTP | 
|  | // profile for use with the use_srtp extension. | 
|  | struct srtp_protection_profile_st { | 
|  | const char *name; | 
|  | unsigned long id; | 
|  | } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */; | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles. | 
|  | #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001 | 
|  | #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002 | 
|  | #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003 | 
|  | #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004 | 
|  | #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80      0x0005 | 
|  | #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32      0x0006 | 
|  | #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_128_GCM  0x0007 | 
|  | #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_256_GCM  0x0008 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from | 
|  | // |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns | 
|  | // one on success and zero on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const char *profiles); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|.  |profile| contains a | 
|  | // colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on | 
|  | // failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if | 
|  | // SRTP was not negotiated. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile( | 
|  | SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Pre-shared keys. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These | 
|  | // authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See | 
|  | // RFC 4279. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity | 
|  | // hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not | 
|  | // specify the format of an identity.) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity, | 
|  | // excluding the NUL terminator. | 
|  | #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key. | 
|  | #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is | 
|  | // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher | 
|  | // suites on the client. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was | 
|  | // provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the | 
|  | // corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is | 
|  | // written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator) | 
|  | // at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|. | 
|  | // The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was | 
|  | // found. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, | 
|  | unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, | 
|  | unsigned max_psk_len)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is | 
|  | // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher | 
|  | // suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, | 
|  | unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, | 
|  | unsigned max_psk_len)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is | 
|  | // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher | 
|  | // suites on the server. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of | 
|  | // length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written | 
|  | // or zero if the PSK identity is unknown. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, | 
|  | unsigned max_psk_len)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is | 
|  | // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher | 
|  | // suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, | 
|  | unsigned max_psk_len)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an | 
|  | // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on | 
|  | // error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const char *identity_hint); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an | 
|  | // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on | 
|  | // error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const char *identity_hint); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl| | 
|  | // or NULL if there is none. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity | 
|  | // that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Delegated credentials. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Delegated credentials (RFC 9345) allow a TLS 1.3 endpoint to use its | 
|  | // certificate to issue new credentials for authentication. Once issued, | 
|  | // credentials can't be revoked. In order to mitigate the damage in case the | 
|  | // credential secret key is compromised, the credential is only valid for a | 
|  | // short time (days, hours, or even minutes). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Currently only the authenticating side, as a server, is implemented. To | 
|  | // authenticate with delegated credentials, construct an |SSL_CREDENTIAL| with | 
|  | // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated| and add it to the credential list. See also | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. Callers may configure a mix of delegated | 
|  | // credentials and X.509 credentials on the same |SSL| or |SSL_CTX| to support a | 
|  | // range of clients. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated returns a new, empty delegated credential, or | 
|  | // NULL on error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free| | 
|  | // when done. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Callers should configure a delegated credential, certificate chain and | 
|  | // private key on the credential, along with other properties, then add it with | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential sets |cred|'s delegated credentials | 
|  | // structure to |dc|. It returns one on success and zero on error, including if | 
|  | // |dc| is malformed. This should be a DelegatedCredential structure, signed by | 
|  | // the end-entity certificate, as described in RFC 9345. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential( | 
|  | SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *dc); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // QUIC integration. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // QUIC acts as an underlying transport for the TLS 1.3 handshake. The following | 
|  | // functions allow a QUIC implementation to serve as the underlying transport as | 
|  | // described in RFC 9001. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When configured for QUIC, |SSL_do_handshake| will drive the handshake as | 
|  | // before, but it will not use the configured |BIO|. It will call functions on | 
|  | // |SSL_QUIC_METHOD| to configure secrets and send data. If data is needed from | 
|  | // the peer, it will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|. As the caller receives data | 
|  | // it can decrypt, it calls |SSL_provide_quic_data|. Subsequent | 
|  | // |SSL_do_handshake| calls will then consume that data and progress the | 
|  | // handshake. After the handshake is complete, the caller should continue to | 
|  | // call |SSL_provide_quic_data| for any post-handshake data, followed by | 
|  | // |SSL_process_quic_post_handshake| to process it. It is an error to call | 
|  | // |SSL_read| and |SSL_write| in QUIC. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // 0-RTT behaves similarly to |TLS_method|'s usual behavior. |SSL_do_handshake| | 
|  | // returns early as soon as the client (respectively, server) is allowed to send | 
|  | // 0-RTT (respectively, half-RTT) data. The caller should then call | 
|  | // |SSL_do_handshake| again to consume the remaining handshake messages and | 
|  | // confirm the handshake. As a client, |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED| and | 
|  | // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| behave as usual. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9001.html#section-4.1 for more details. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // To avoid DoS attacks, the QUIC implementation must limit the amount of data | 
|  | // being queued up. The implementation can call | 
|  | // |SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len| to get the maximum buffer length at each | 
|  | // encryption level. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // QUIC implementations must additionally configure transport parameters with | 
|  | // |SSL_set_quic_transport_params|. |SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params| may be | 
|  | // used to query the value received from the peer. BoringSSL handles this | 
|  | // extension as an opaque byte string. The caller is responsible for serializing | 
|  | // and parsing them. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.4 for | 
|  | // details. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // QUIC additionally imposes restrictions on 0-RTT. In particular, the QUIC | 
|  | // transport layer requires that if a server accepts 0-RTT data, then the | 
|  | // transport parameters sent on the resumed connection must not lower any limits | 
|  | // compared to the transport parameters that the server sent on the connection | 
|  | // where the ticket for 0-RTT was issued. In effect, the server must remember | 
|  | // the transport parameters with the ticket. Application protocols running on | 
|  | // QUIC may impose similar restrictions, for example HTTP/3's restrictions on | 
|  | // SETTINGS frames. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // BoringSSL implements this check by doing a byte-for-byte comparison of an | 
|  | // opaque context passed in by the server. This context must be the same on the | 
|  | // connection where the ticket was issued and the connection where that ticket | 
|  | // is used for 0-RTT. If there is a mismatch, or the context was not set, | 
|  | // BoringSSL will reject early data (but not reject the resumption attempt). | 
|  | // This context is set via |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| and should cover | 
|  | // both transport parameters and any application state. | 
|  | // |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| must be called on the server with a | 
|  | // non-empty context if the server is to support 0-RTT in QUIC. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // BoringSSL does not perform any client-side checks on the transport | 
|  | // parameters received from a server that also accepted early data. It is up to | 
|  | // the caller to verify that the received transport parameters do not lower any | 
|  | // limits, and to close the QUIC connection if that is not the case. The same | 
|  | // holds for any application protocol state remembered for 0-RTT, e.g. HTTP/3 | 
|  | // SETTINGS. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_encryption_level_t represents an encryption level in TLS 1.3. Values in | 
|  | // this enum match the first 4 epochs used in DTLS 1.3 (section 6.1). | 
|  | enum ssl_encryption_level_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | ssl_encryption_initial = 0, | 
|  | ssl_encryption_early_data = 1, | 
|  | ssl_encryption_handshake = 2, | 
|  | ssl_encryption_application = 3, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_quic_method_st (aka |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|) describes custom QUIC hooks. | 
|  | struct ssl_quic_method_st { | 
|  | // set_read_secret configures the read secret and cipher suite for the given | 
|  | // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero to terminate the | 
|  | // handshake with an error. It will be called at most once per encryption | 
|  | // level. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // BoringSSL will not release read keys before QUIC may use them. Once a level | 
|  | // has been initialized, QUIC may begin processing data from it. Handshake | 
|  | // data should be passed to |SSL_provide_quic_data| and application data (if | 
|  | // |level| is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|) may | 
|  | // be processed according to the rules of the QUIC protocol. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // QUIC ACKs packets at the same encryption level they were received at, | 
|  | // except that client |ssl_encryption_early_data| (0-RTT) packets trigger | 
|  | // server |ssl_encryption_application| (1-RTT) ACKs. BoringSSL will always | 
|  | // install ACK-writing keys with |set_write_secret| before the packet-reading | 
|  | // keys with |set_read_secret|. This ensures the caller can always ACK any | 
|  | // packet it decrypts. Note this means the server installs 1-RTT write keys | 
|  | // before 0-RTT read keys. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The converse is not true. An encryption level may be configured with write | 
|  | // secrets a roundtrip before the corresponding secrets for reading ACKs is | 
|  | // available. | 
|  | int (*set_read_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, | 
|  | const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, | 
|  | size_t secret_len); | 
|  | // set_write_secret behaves like |set_read_secret| but configures the write | 
|  | // secret and cipher suite for the given encryption level. It will be called | 
|  | // at most once per encryption level. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // BoringSSL will not release write keys before QUIC may use them. If |level| | 
|  | // is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|, QUIC may | 
|  | // begin sending application data at |level|. However, note that BoringSSL | 
|  | // configures server |ssl_encryption_application| write keys before the client | 
|  | // Finished. This allows QUIC to send half-RTT data, but the handshake is not | 
|  | // confirmed at this point and, if requesting client certificates, the client | 
|  | // is not yet authenticated. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See |set_read_secret| for additional invariants between packets and their | 
|  | // ACKs. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that, on 0-RTT reject, the |ssl_encryption_early_data| write secret | 
|  | // may use a different cipher suite from the other keys. | 
|  | int (*set_write_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, | 
|  | const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, | 
|  | size_t secret_len); | 
|  | // add_handshake_data adds handshake data to the current flight at the given | 
|  | // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // BoringSSL will pack data from a single encryption level together, but a | 
|  | // single handshake flight may include multiple encryption levels. Callers | 
|  | // should defer writing data to the network until |flush_flight| to better | 
|  | // pack QUIC packets into transport datagrams. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be | 
|  | // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. | 
|  | int (*add_handshake_data)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, | 
|  | const uint8_t *data, size_t len); | 
|  | // flush_flight is called when the current flight is complete and should be | 
|  | // written to the transport. Note a flight may contain data at several | 
|  | // encryption levels. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | int (*flush_flight)(SSL *ssl); | 
|  | // send_alert sends a fatal alert at the specified encryption level. It | 
|  | // returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be | 
|  | // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. | 
|  | int (*send_alert)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, uint8_t alert); | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len returns returns the maximum number of bytes | 
|  | // that may be received at the given encryption level. This function should be | 
|  | // used to limit buffering in the QUIC implementation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.5 | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_quic_read_level returns the current read encryption level. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? | 
|  | // QUICHE does not use it. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_read_level(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_quic_write_level returns the current write encryption level. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? | 
|  | // QUICHE does not use it. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_write_level(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_provide_quic_data provides data from QUIC at a particular encryption | 
|  | // level |level|. It returns one on success and zero on error. Note this | 
|  | // function will return zero if the handshake is not expecting data from |level| | 
|  | // at this time. The QUIC implementation should then close the connection with | 
|  | // an error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_provide_quic_data(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, | 
|  | const uint8_t *data, size_t len); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_process_quic_post_handshake processes any data that QUIC has provided | 
|  | // after the handshake has completed. This includes NewSessionTicket messages | 
|  | // sent by the server. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_process_quic_post_handshake(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be | 
|  | // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid | 
|  | // for the lifetime of |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_quic_method(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be | 
|  | // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid | 
|  | // for the lifetime of |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_method(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_quic_transport_params configures |ssl| to send |params| (of length | 
|  | // |params_len|) in the quic_transport_parameters extension in either the | 
|  | // ClientHello or EncryptedExtensions handshake message. It is an error to set | 
|  | // transport parameters if |ssl| is not configured for QUIC. The buffer pointed | 
|  | // to by |params| only need be valid for the duration of the call to this | 
|  | // function. This function returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_transport_params(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t *params, | 
|  | size_t params_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params provides the caller with the value of the | 
|  | // quic_transport_parameters extension sent by the peer. A pointer to the buffer | 
|  | // containing the TransportParameters will be put in |*out_params|, and its | 
|  | // length in |*params_len|. This buffer will be valid for the lifetime of the | 
|  | // |SSL|. If no params were received from the peer, |*out_params_len| will be 0. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_params, size_t *out_params_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint configures whether to use the legacy QUIC | 
|  | // extension codepoint 0xffa5 as opposed to the official value 57. Call with | 
|  | // |use_legacy| set to 1 to use 0xffa5 and call with 0 to use 57. By default, | 
|  | // the standard code point is used. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_legacy); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_quic_early_data_context configures a context string in QUIC servers | 
|  | // for accepting early data. If a resumption connection offers early data, the | 
|  | // server will check if the value matches that of the connection which minted | 
|  | // the ticket. If not, resumption still succeeds but early data is rejected. | 
|  | // This should include all QUIC Transport Parameters except ones specified that | 
|  | // the client MUST NOT remember. This should also include any application | 
|  | // protocol-specific state. For HTTP/3, this should be the serialized server | 
|  | // SETTINGS frame and the QUIC Transport Parameters (except the stateless reset | 
|  | // token). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function may be called before |SSL_do_handshake| or during server | 
|  | // certificate selection. It returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_early_data_context(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t *context, | 
|  | size_t context_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Early data. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: 0-RTT support in BoringSSL is currently experimental and not fully | 
|  | // implemented. It may cause interoperability or security failures when used. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Early data, or 0-RTT, is a feature in TLS 1.3 which allows clients to send | 
|  | // data on the first flight during a resumption handshake. This can save a | 
|  | // round-trip in some application protocols. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: A 0-RTT handshake has different security properties from normal | 
|  | // handshake, so it is off by default unless opted in. In particular, early data | 
|  | // is replayable by a network attacker. Callers must account for this when | 
|  | // sending or processing data before the handshake is confirmed. See RFC 8446 | 
|  | // for more information. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // As a server, if early data is accepted, |SSL_do_handshake| will complete as | 
|  | // soon as the ClientHello is processed and server flight sent. |SSL_write| may | 
|  | // be used to send half-RTT data. |SSL_read| will consume early data and | 
|  | // transition to 1-RTT data as appropriate. Prior to the transition, | 
|  | // |SSL_in_init| will report the handshake is still in progress. Callers may use | 
|  | // it or |SSL_in_early_data| to defer or reject requests as needed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Early data as a client is more complex. If the offered session (see | 
|  | // |SSL_set_session|) is 0-RTT-capable, the handshake will return after sending | 
|  | // the ClientHello. The predicted peer certificates and ALPN protocol will be | 
|  | // available via the usual APIs. |SSL_write| will write early data, up to the | 
|  | // session's limit. Writes past this limit and |SSL_read| will complete the | 
|  | // handshake before continuing. Callers may also call |SSL_do_handshake| again | 
|  | // to complete the handshake sooner. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the server accepts early data, the handshake will succeed. |SSL_read| and | 
|  | // |SSL_write| will then act as in a 1-RTT handshake. The peer certificates and | 
|  | // ALPN protocol will be as predicted and need not be re-queried. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If the server rejects early data, |SSL_do_handshake| (and thus |SSL_read| and | 
|  | // |SSL_write|) will then fail with |SSL_get_error| returning | 
|  | // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. The caller should treat this as a connection | 
|  | // error and most likely perform a high-level retry. Note the server may still | 
|  | // have processed the early data due to attacker replays. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // To then continue the handshake on the original connection, use | 
|  | // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject|. The connection will then behave as one which | 
|  | // had not yet completed the handshake. This allows a faster retry than making a | 
|  | // fresh connection. |SSL_do_handshake| will complete the full handshake, | 
|  | // possibly resulting in different peer certificates, ALPN protocol, and other | 
|  | // properties. The caller must disregard any values from before the reset and | 
|  | // query again. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Finally, to implement the fallback described in RFC 8446 appendix D.3, retry | 
|  | // on a fresh connection without 0-RTT if the handshake fails with | 
|  | // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA|. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used | 
|  | // with resumptions using |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used | 
|  | // with resumptions using |ssl|. See |SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled| for more | 
|  | // information. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_early_data_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_in_early_data returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that has | 
|  | // progressed enough to send or receive early data. Clients may call |SSL_write| | 
|  | // to send early data, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before | 
|  | // accepting application data. Servers may call |SSL_read| to read early data | 
|  | // and |SSL_write| to send half-RTT data. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_early_data(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable returns whether early data would have been | 
|  | // attempted with |session| if enabled. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable(const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data returns a copy of |session| with early | 
|  | // data disabled. If |session| already does not support early data, it returns | 
|  | // |session| with the reference count increased. The caller takes ownership of | 
|  | // the result and must release it with |SSL_SESSION_free|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function may be used on the client to clear early data support from | 
|  | // existing sessions when the server rejects early data. In particular, | 
|  | // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA| requires a fresh connection to retry, and | 
|  | // the client would not want 0-RTT enabled for the next connection attempt. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data( | 
|  | SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_early_data_accepted returns whether early data was accepted on the | 
|  | // handshake performed by |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_data_accepted(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_reset_early_data_reject resets |ssl| after an early data reject. All | 
|  | // 0-RTT state is discarded, including any pending |SSL_write| calls. The caller | 
|  | // should treat |ssl| as a logically fresh connection, usually by driving the | 
|  | // handshake to completion using |SSL_do_handshake|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It is an error to call this function on an |SSL| object that is not signaling | 
|  | // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_reset_early_data_reject(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_ticket_age_skew returns the difference, in seconds, between the | 
|  | // client-sent ticket age and the server-computed value in TLS 1.3 server | 
|  | // connections which resumed a session. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int32_t SSL_get_ticket_age_skew(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // An ssl_early_data_reason_t describes why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected. | 
|  | // These values are persisted to logs. Entries should not be renumbered and | 
|  | // numeric values should never be reused. | 
|  | enum ssl_early_data_reason_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | // The handshake has not progressed far enough for the 0-RTT status to be | 
|  | // known. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_unknown = 0, | 
|  | // 0-RTT is disabled for this connection. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_disabled = 1, | 
|  | // 0-RTT was accepted. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_accepted = 2, | 
|  | // The negotiated protocol version does not support 0-RTT. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_protocol_version = 3, | 
|  | // The peer declined to offer or accept 0-RTT for an unknown reason. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_peer_declined = 4, | 
|  | // The client did not offer a session. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_no_session_offered = 5, | 
|  | // The server declined to resume the session. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_session_not_resumed = 6, | 
|  | // The session does not support 0-RTT. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_unsupported_for_session = 7, | 
|  | // The server sent a HelloRetryRequest. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_hello_retry_request = 8, | 
|  | // The negotiated ALPN protocol did not match the session. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_alpn_mismatch = 9, | 
|  | // The connection negotiated Channel ID, which is incompatible with 0-RTT. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_channel_id = 10, | 
|  | // Value 11 is reserved. (It has historically |ssl_early_data_token_binding|.) | 
|  | // The client and server ticket age were too far apart. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_ticket_age_skew = 12, | 
|  | // QUIC parameters differ between this connection and the original. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_quic_parameter_mismatch = 13, | 
|  | // The application settings did not match the session. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch = 14, | 
|  | // The value of the largest entry. | 
|  | ssl_early_data_reason_max_value = ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_early_data_reason returns details why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected | 
|  | // on |ssl|. This is primarily useful on the server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_early_data_reason_t SSL_get_early_data_reason( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_early_data_reason_string returns a string representation for |reason|, or | 
|  | // NULL if |reason| is unknown. This function may be used for logging. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_early_data_reason_string( | 
|  | enum ssl_early_data_reason_t reason); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Encrypted ClientHello. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // ECH is a mechanism for encrypting the entire ClientHello message in TLS 1.3. | 
|  | // This can prevent observers from seeing cleartext information about the | 
|  | // connection, such as the server_name extension. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default, BoringSSL will treat the server name, session ticket, and client | 
|  | // certificate as secret, but most other parameters, such as the ALPN protocol | 
|  | // list will be treated as public and sent in the cleartext ClientHello. Other | 
|  | // APIs may be added for applications with different secrecy requirements. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // ECH support in BoringSSL is still experimental and under development. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-esni-13. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_enable_ech_grease configures whether the client will send a GREASE | 
|  | // ECH extension when no supported ECHConfig is available. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enable_ech_grease(SSL *ssl, int enable); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_ech_config_list configures |ssl| to, as a client, offer ECH with the | 
|  | // specified configuration. |ech_config_list| should contain a serialized | 
|  | // ECHConfigList structure. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function returns an error if the input is malformed. If the input is | 
|  | // valid but none of the ECHConfigs implement supported parameters, it will | 
|  | // return success and proceed without ECH. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If a supported ECHConfig is found, |ssl| will encrypt the true ClientHello | 
|  | // parameters. If the server cannot decrypt it, e.g. due to a key mismatch, ECH | 
|  | // has a recovery flow. |ssl| will handshake using the cleartext parameters, | 
|  | // including a public name in the ECHConfig. If using | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|, callers should use |SSL_get0_ech_name_override| | 
|  | // to verify the certificate with the public name. If using the built-in | 
|  | // verifier, the |X509_STORE_CTX| will be configured automatically. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If no other errors are found in this handshake, it will fail with | 
|  | // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|. Since it didn't use the true parameters, the connection | 
|  | // cannot be used for application data. Instead, callers should handle this | 
|  | // error by calling |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs| and retrying the connection | 
|  | // with updated ECH parameters. If the retry also fails with | 
|  | // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|, the caller should report a connection failure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_ech_config_list(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t *ech_config_list, | 
|  | size_t ech_config_list_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_ech_name_override, if |ssl| is a client and the server rejected ECH, | 
|  | // sets |*out_name| and |*out_name_len| to point to a buffer containing the ECH | 
|  | // public name. Otherwise, the buffer will be empty. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When offering ECH as a client, this function should be called during the | 
|  | // certificate verification callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|). If | 
|  | // |*out_name_len| is non-zero, the caller should verify the certificate against | 
|  | // the result, interpreted as a DNS name, rather than the true server name. In | 
|  | // this case, the handshake will never succeed and is only used to authenticate | 
|  | // retry configs. See also |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_name_override(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const char **out_name, | 
|  | size_t *out_name_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs sets |*out_retry_configs| and | 
|  | // |*out_retry_configs_len| to a buffer containing a serialized ECHConfigList. | 
|  | // If the server did not provide an ECHConfigList, |*out_retry_configs_len| will | 
|  | // be zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When handling an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| error code as a client, callers should | 
|  | // use this function to recover from potential key mismatches. If the result is | 
|  | // non-empty, the caller should retry the connection, passing this buffer to | 
|  | // |SSL_set1_ech_config_list|. If the result is empty, the server has rolled | 
|  | // back ECH support, and the caller should retry without ECH. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function must only be called in response to an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| | 
|  | // error code. Calling this function on |ssl|s that have not authenticated the | 
|  | // rejection handshake will assert in debug builds and otherwise return an | 
|  | // unparsable list. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_retry_configs, | 
|  | size_t *out_retry_configs_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_marshal_ech_config constructs a new serialized ECHConfig. On success, it | 
|  | // sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer containing the result and |*out_len| | 
|  | // to the size of the buffer. The caller must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to | 
|  | // release the memory. On failure, it returns zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The |config_id| field is a single byte identifier for the ECHConfig. Reusing | 
|  | // config IDs is allowed, but if multiple ECHConfigs with the same config ID are | 
|  | // active at a time, server load may increase. See | 
|  | // |SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The public key and KEM algorithm are taken from |key|. |public_name| is the | 
|  | // DNS name used to authenticate the recovery flow. |max_name_len| should be the | 
|  | // length of the longest name in the ECHConfig's anonymity set and influences | 
|  | // client padding decisions. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_marshal_ech_config(uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len, | 
|  | uint8_t config_id, | 
|  | const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key, | 
|  | const char *public_name, | 
|  | size_t max_name_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ECH_KEYS_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_ECH_KEYS| or NULL on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_ECH_KEYS *SSL_ECH_KEYS_new(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref increments the reference count of |keys|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ECH_KEYS_free releases memory associated with |keys|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_free(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ECH_KEYS_add decodes |ech_config| as an ECHConfig and appends it with | 
|  | // |key| to |keys|. If |is_retry_config| is non-zero, this config will be | 
|  | // returned to the client on configuration mismatch. It returns one on success | 
|  | // and zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function should be called successively to register each ECHConfig in | 
|  | // decreasing order of preference. This configuration must be completed before | 
|  | // setting |keys| on an |SSL_CTX| with |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. After that | 
|  | // point, |keys| is immutable; no more ECHConfig values may be added. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See also |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_add(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, int is_retry_config, | 
|  | const uint8_t *ech_config, | 
|  | size_t ech_config_len, | 
|  | const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id returns one if |keys| has duplicate | 
|  | // config IDs or zero otherwise. Duplicate config IDs still work, but may | 
|  | // increase server load due to trial decryption. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id( | 
|  | const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs serializes the retry configs in |keys| as | 
|  | // an ECHConfigList. On success, it sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer | 
|  | // containing the result and |*out_len| to the size of the buffer. The caller | 
|  | // must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to release the memory. On failure, it | 
|  | // returns zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This output may be advertised to clients in DNS. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs(const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, | 
|  | uint8_t **out, | 
|  | size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys configures |ctx| to use |keys| to decrypt encrypted | 
|  | // ClientHellos. It returns one on success, and zero on failure. If |keys| does | 
|  | // not contain any retry configs, this function will fail. Retry configs are | 
|  | // marked as such when they are added to |keys| with |SSL_ECH_KEYS_add|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Once |keys| has been passed to this function, it is immutable. Unlike most | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX| configuration functions, this function may be called even if |ctx| | 
|  | // already has associated connections on multiple threads. This may be used to | 
|  | // rotate keys in a long-lived server process. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The configured ECHConfig values should also be advertised out-of-band via DNS | 
|  | // (see draft-ietf-dnsop-svcb-https). Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, | 
|  | // deployments should ensure all instances of the service are configured with | 
|  | // the ECHConfig and corresponding private key. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Only the most recent fully-deployed ECHConfigs should be advertised in DNS. | 
|  | // |keys| may contain a newer set if those ECHConfigs are mid-deployment. It | 
|  | // should also contain older sets, until the DNS change has rolled out and the | 
|  | // old records have expired from caches. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If there is a mismatch, |SSL| objects associated with |ctx| will complete the | 
|  | // handshake using the cleartext ClientHello and send updated ECHConfig values | 
|  | // to the client. The client will then retry to recover, but with a latency | 
|  | // penalty. This recovery flow depends on the public name in the ECHConfig. | 
|  | // Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, deployments must ensure all instances | 
|  | // of the service can present a valid certificate for the public name. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // BoringSSL negotiates ECH before certificate selection callbacks are called, | 
|  | // including |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. If ECH is negotiated, the | 
|  | // reported |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure and |SSL_get_servername| function will | 
|  | // transparently reflect the inner ClientHello. Callers should select parameters | 
|  | // based on these values to correctly handle ECH as well as the recovery flow. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ech_accepted returns one if |ssl| negotiated ECH and zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ech_accepted(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Alerts. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TLS uses alerts to signal error conditions. Alerts have a type (warning or | 
|  | // fatal) and description. OpenSSL internally handles fatal alerts with | 
|  | // dedicated error codes (see |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET|). Except for close_notify, | 
|  | // warning alerts are silently ignored and may only be surfaced with | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET is the offset between error reasons and |SSL_AD_*| | 
|  | // values. Any error code under |ERR_LIB_SSL| with an error reason above this | 
|  | // value corresponds to an alert description. Consumers may add or subtract | 
|  | // |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET| to convert between them. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors. | 
|  | // This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_AD_* are alert descriptions. | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE  // Legacy SSL 3.0 value | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ | 
|  | TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL | 
|  | #define SSL_AD_ECH_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_ECH_REQUIRED | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_alert_type_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an | 
|  | // alert type (warning or fatal). | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_alert_desc_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an | 
|  | // alert description or "unknown" if unknown. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_send_fatal_alert sends a fatal alert over |ssl| of the specified type, | 
|  | // which should be one of the |SSL_AD_*| constants. It returns one on success | 
|  | // and <= 0 on error. The caller should pass the return value into | 
|  | // |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. Once this function has been | 
|  | // called, future calls to |SSL_write| will fail. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If retrying a failed operation due to |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE|, subsequent | 
|  | // calls must use the same |alert| parameter. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_send_fatal_alert(SSL *ssl, uint8_t alert); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ex_data functions. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See |ex_data.h| for details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx, | 
|  | void *data); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session, | 
|  | int idx); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_ex_data(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, int idx, | 
|  | void *data); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data(const SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, | 
|  | int idx); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, | 
|  | CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Low-level record-layer state. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_ivs sets |*out_iv_len| to the length of the IVs for the ciphers | 
|  | // underlying |ssl| and sets |*out_read_iv| and |*out_write_iv| to point to the | 
|  | // current IVs for the read and write directions. This is only meaningful for | 
|  | // connections with implicit IVs (i.e. CBC mode with TLS 1.0). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It returns one on success or zero on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ivs(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_read_iv, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_write_iv, | 
|  | size_t *out_iv_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_key_block_len returns the length of |ssl|'s key block, for TLS 1.2 | 
|  | // and below. It is an error to call this function during a handshake, or if | 
|  | // |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_key_block_len(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_generate_key_block generates |out_len| bytes of key material for |ssl|'s | 
|  | // current connection state, for TLS 1.2 and below. It is an error to call this | 
|  | // function during a handshake, or if |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_generate_key_block(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, | 
|  | size_t out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_read_sequence returns, in TLS, the expected sequence number of the | 
|  | // next incoming record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it returns the maximum | 
|  | // sequence number received in the current epoch and includes the epoch number | 
|  | // in the two most significant bytes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_read_sequence(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_write_sequence returns the sequence number of the next outgoing | 
|  | // record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it includes the epoch number in the | 
|  | // two most significant bytes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_write_sequence(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version returns whether |version| is zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int version); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Handshake hints. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: Contact the BoringSSL team before using this API. While this | 
|  | // mechanism was designed to gracefully recover from version skew and | 
|  | // configuration mismatch, splitting a single TLS server into multiple services | 
|  | // is complex. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Some server deployments make asynchronous RPC calls in both ClientHello | 
|  | // dispatch and private key operations. In TLS handshakes where the private key | 
|  | // operation occurs in the first round-trip, this results in two consecutive RPC | 
|  | // round-trips. Handshake hints allow the RPC service to predict a signature. | 
|  | // If correctly predicted, this can skip the second RPC call. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // First, the server installs a certificate selection callback (see | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|). When that is called, it performs the | 
|  | // RPC as before, but includes the ClientHello and a capabilities string from | 
|  | // |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Next, the RPC service creates its own |SSL| object, applies the results of | 
|  | // certificate selection, calls |SSL_request_handshake_hints|, and runs the | 
|  | // handshake. If this successfully computes handshake hints (see | 
|  | // |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints|), the RPC server should send the hints | 
|  | // alongside any certificate selection results. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Finally, the server calls |SSL_set_handshake_hints| and applies any | 
|  | // configuration from the RPC server. It then completes the handshake as before. | 
|  | // If the hints apply, BoringSSL will use the predicted signature and skip the | 
|  | // private key callbacks. Otherwise, BoringSSL will call private key callbacks | 
|  | // to generate a signature as before. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Callers should synchronize configuration across the two services. | 
|  | // Configuration mismatches and some cases of version skew are not fatal, but | 
|  | // may result in the hints not applying. Additionally, some handshake flows use | 
|  | // the private key in later round-trips, such as TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest. In | 
|  | // those cases, BoringSSL will not predict a signature as there is no benefit. | 
|  | // Callers must allow for handshakes to complete without a predicted signature. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_serialize_capabilities writes an opaque byte string to |out| describing | 
|  | // some of |ssl|'s capabilities. It returns one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This string is used by BoringSSL internally to reduce the impact of version | 
|  | // skew. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_capabilities(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_request_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to generate a handshake hint for | 
|  | // |client_hello|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |client_hello| | 
|  | // should contain a serialized ClientHello structure, from the |client_hello| | 
|  | // and |client_hello_len| fields of the |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure. | 
|  | // |capabilities| should contain the output of |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When configured, |ssl| will perform no I/O (so there is no need to configure | 
|  | // |BIO|s). For QUIC, the caller should still configure an |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|, | 
|  | // but the callbacks themselves will never be called and may be left NULL or | 
|  | // report failure. |SSL_provide_quic_data| also should not be called. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If hint generation is successful, |SSL_do_handshake| will stop the handshake | 
|  | // early with |SSL_get_error| returning |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. At | 
|  | // this point, the caller should run |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to extract | 
|  | // the resulting hints. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Hint generation may fail if, e.g., |ssl| was unable to process the | 
|  | // ClientHello. Callers should then complete the certificate selection RPC and | 
|  | // continue the original handshake with no hint. It will likely fail, but this | 
|  | // reports the correct alert to the client and is more robust in case of | 
|  | // mismatch. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_request_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t *client_hello, | 
|  | size_t client_hello_len, | 
|  | const uint8_t *capabilities, | 
|  | size_t capabilities_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_serialize_handshake_hints writes an opaque byte string to |out| | 
|  | // containing the handshake hints computed by |out|. It returns one on success | 
|  | // and zero on error. This function should only be called if | 
|  | // |SSL_request_handshake_hints| was configured and the handshake terminated | 
|  | // with |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This string may be passed to |SSL_set_handshake_hints| on another |SSL| to | 
|  | // avoid an extra signature call. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_handshake_hints(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to use |hints| as handshake hints. | 
|  | // It returns one on success and zero on error. The handshake will then continue | 
|  | // as before, but apply predicted values from |hints| where applicable. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Hints may contain connection and session secrets, so they must not leak and | 
|  | // must come from a source trusted to terminate the connection. However, they | 
|  | // will not change |ssl|'s configuration. The caller is responsible for | 
|  | // serializing and applying options from the RPC server as needed. This ensures | 
|  | // |ssl|'s behavior is self-consistent and consistent with the caller's local | 
|  | // decisions. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *hints, | 
|  | size_t hints_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Obscure functions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|. | 
|  | // This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record | 
|  | // headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, and alerts. | 
|  | // |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type| | 
|  | // = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that | 
|  | // this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length | 
|  | // in the header is the length of the ciphertext. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, and alert, |version| is the | 
|  | // protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. The | 
|  | // |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte | 
|  | // ChangeCipherSpec body, and two-byte alert, respectively. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In connections that enable ECH, |cb| is additionally called with | 
|  | // |content_type| = |SSL3_RT_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER| for each ClientHelloInner that | 
|  | // is encrypted or decrypted. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the | 
|  | // ClientHelloInner, including the reconstructed outer extensions and handshake | 
|  | // header. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For a V2ClientHello, |version| is |SSL2_VERSION|, |content_type| is zero, and | 
|  | // the |len| bytes from |buf| contain the V2ClientHello structure. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int is_write, int version, int content_type, | 
|  | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message | 
|  | // callback. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, | 
|  | const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback configures a callback to log key material. This | 
|  | // is intended for debugging use with tools like Wireshark. The |cb| function | 
|  | // should log |line| followed by a newline, synchronizing with any concurrent | 
|  | // access to the log. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The format is described in | 
|  | // https://www.ietf.org/archive/id/draft-ietf-tls-keylogfile-01.html | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: The data in |line| allows an attacker to break security properties | 
|  | // of the TLS protocol, including confidentiality, integrity, and forward | 
|  | // secrecy. This impacts both the current connection, and, in TLS 1.2, future | 
|  | // connections that resume a session from it. Both direct access to the data and | 
|  | // side channel leaks from application code are possible attack vectors. This | 
|  | // callback is intended for debugging and should not be used in production | 
|  | // connections. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const char *line)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback returns the callback configured by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl, const char *line); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb configures a callback to retrieve the current | 
|  | // time, which should be set in |*out_clock|. This can be used for testing | 
|  | // purposes; for example, a callback can be configured that returns a time | 
|  | // set explicitly by the test. The |ssl| pointer passed to |cb| is always null. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_shed_handshake_config allows some of the configuration of |ssl| to be | 
|  | // freed after its handshake completes.  Once configuration has been shed, APIs | 
|  | // that query it may fail.  "Configuration" in this context means anything that | 
|  | // was set by the caller, as distinct from information derived from the | 
|  | // handshake.  For example, |SSL_get_ciphers| queries how the |SSL| was | 
|  | // configured by the caller, and fails after configuration has been shed, | 
|  | // whereas |SSL_get_cipher| queries the result of the handshake, and is | 
|  | // unaffected by configuration shedding. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If configuration shedding is enabled, it is an error to call |SSL_clear|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that configuration shedding as a client additionally depends on | 
|  | // renegotiation being disabled (see |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode|). If | 
|  | // renegotiation is possible, the configuration will be retained. If | 
|  | // configuration shedding is enabled and renegotiation later disabled after the | 
|  | // handshake, |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| will shed configuration then. This may | 
|  | // be useful for clients which support renegotiation with some ALPN protocols, | 
|  | // such as HTTP/1.1, and not others, such as HTTP/2. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shed_handshake_config(SSL *ssl, int enable); | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | ssl_renegotiate_never = 0, | 
|  | ssl_renegotiate_once, | 
|  | ssl_renegotiate_freely, | 
|  | ssl_renegotiate_ignore, | 
|  | ssl_renegotiate_explicit, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to | 
|  | // renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated | 
|  | // renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: Renegotiation is error-prone, complicates TLS's security properties, | 
|  | // and increases its attack surface. When enabled, many common assumptions about | 
|  | // BoringSSL's behavior no longer hold, and the calling application must handle | 
|  | // more cases. Renegotiation is also incompatible with many application | 
|  | // protocols, e.g. section 9.2.1 of RFC 7540. Many functions behave in ambiguous | 
|  | // or undefined ways during a renegotiation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set | 
|  | // at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to | 
|  | // allow one renegotiation, |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all | 
|  | // renegotiations or |ssl_renegotiate_ignore| to ignore HelloRequest messages. | 
|  | // Note that ignoring HelloRequest messages may cause the connection to stall | 
|  | // if the server waits for the renegotiation to complete. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If set to |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|, |SSL_read| and |SSL_peek| calls which | 
|  | // encounter a HelloRequest will pause with |SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE|. | 
|  | // |SSL_write| will continue to work while paused. The caller may call | 
|  | // |SSL_renegotiate| to begin the renegotiation at a later point. This mode may | 
|  | // be used if callers wish to eagerly call |SSL_peek| without triggering a | 
|  | // renegotiation. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If configuration shedding is enabled (see |SSL_set_shed_handshake_config|), | 
|  | // configuration is released if, at any point after the handshake, renegotiation | 
|  | // is disabled. It is not possible to switch from disabling renegotiation to | 
|  | // enabling it on a given connection. Callers that condition renegotiation on, | 
|  | // e.g., ALPN must enable renegotiation before the handshake and conditionally | 
|  | // disable it afterwards. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // When enabled, renegotiation can cause properties of |ssl|, such as the cipher | 
|  | // suite, to change during the lifetime of the connection. More over, during a | 
|  | // renegotiation, not all properties of the new handshake are available or fully | 
|  | // established. In BoringSSL, most functions, such as |SSL_get_current_cipher|, | 
|  | // report information from the most recently completed handshake, not the | 
|  | // pending one. However, renegotiation may rerun handshake callbacks, such as | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. Such callbacks must ensure they are acting on the | 
|  | // desired versions of each property. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // BoringSSL does not reverify peer certificates on renegotiation and instead | 
|  | // requires they match between handshakes, so certificate verification callbacks | 
|  | // (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|) may assume |ssl| is in the initial | 
|  | // handshake and use |SSL_get0_peer_certificates|, etc. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client | 
|  | // or server. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_renegotiate starts a deferred renegotiation on |ssl| if it was configured | 
|  | // with |ssl_renegotiate_explicit| and has a pending HelloRequest. It returns | 
|  | // one on success and zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function does not do perform any I/O. On success, a subsequent | 
|  | // |SSL_do_handshake| call will run the handshake. |SSL_write| and | 
|  | // |SSL_read| will also complete the handshake before sending or receiving | 
|  | // application data. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a | 
|  | // renegotiation. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes | 
|  | // performed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer | 
|  | // certificate chain. | 
|  | #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT (1024 * 100) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer | 
|  | // certificate chain accepted by |ctx|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer | 
|  | // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be | 
|  | // consumed during the handshake. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | size_t max_cert_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer | 
|  | // certificate chain accepted by |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer | 
|  | // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be | 
|  | // consumed during the handshake. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records | 
|  | // sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data | 
|  | // will be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on | 
|  | // error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | size_t max_send_fragment); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records sent | 
|  | // by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data will | 
|  | // be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on | 
|  | // error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | size_t max_send_fragment); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_early_callback_ctx (aka |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO|) is passed to certain | 
|  | // callbacks that are called very early on during the server handshake. At this | 
|  | // point, much of the SSL* hasn't been filled out and only the ClientHello can | 
|  | // be depended on. | 
|  | struct ssl_early_callback_ctx { | 
|  | SSL *ssl; | 
|  | const uint8_t *client_hello; | 
|  | size_t client_hello_len; | 
|  | uint16_t version; | 
|  | const uint8_t *random; | 
|  | size_t random_len; | 
|  | const uint8_t *session_id; | 
|  | size_t session_id_len; | 
|  | const uint8_t *cipher_suites; | 
|  | size_t cipher_suites_len; | 
|  | const uint8_t *compression_methods; | 
|  | size_t compression_methods_len; | 
|  | const uint8_t *extensions; | 
|  | size_t extensions_len; | 
|  | } /* SSL_CLIENT_HELLO */; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_select_cert_result_t enumerates the possible results from selecting a | 
|  | // certificate with |select_certificate_cb|. | 
|  | enum ssl_select_cert_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | // ssl_select_cert_success indicates that the certificate selection was | 
|  | // successful. | 
|  | ssl_select_cert_success = 1, | 
|  | // ssl_select_cert_retry indicates that the operation could not be | 
|  | // immediately completed and must be reattempted at a later point. | 
|  | ssl_select_cert_retry = 0, | 
|  | // ssl_select_cert_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the | 
|  | // handshake should be terminated. | 
|  | ssl_select_cert_error = -1, | 
|  | // ssl_select_cert_disable_ech indicates that, although an encrypted | 
|  | // ClientHelloInner was decrypted, it should be discarded. The certificate | 
|  | // selection callback will then be called again, passing in the | 
|  | // ClientHelloOuter instead. From there, the handshake will proceed | 
|  | // without retry_configs, to signal to the client to disable ECH. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This value may only be returned when |SSL_ech_accepted| returnes one. It | 
|  | // may be useful if the ClientHelloInner indicated a service which does not | 
|  | // support ECH, e.g. if it is a TLS-1.2 only service. | 
|  | ssl_select_cert_disable_ech = -2, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in | 
|  | // |client_hello| for an extension of the given type. If not found, it returns | 
|  | // zero. Otherwise it sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not | 
|  | // including the type and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the | 
|  | // extension contents and returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get( | 
|  | const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *client_hello, uint16_t extension_type, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most | 
|  | // ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session | 
|  | // is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the | 
|  | // connection. See |ssl_select_cert_result_t| for details of the return values. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In the case that a retry is indicated, |SSL_get_error| will return | 
|  | // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE| and the caller should arrange for the | 
|  | // high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried at a later time, which will | 
|  | // result in another call to |cb|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_get_servername| may be used during this callback. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note: The |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| is only valid for the duration of the callback | 
|  | // and is not valid while the handshake is paused. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | enum ssl_select_cert_result_t (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the | 
|  | // resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to | 
|  | // allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume configures whether the certificate | 
|  | // verification callback will be used to reverify stored certificates | 
|  | // when resuming a session. This only works with |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. | 
|  | // For now, this is incompatible with |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| mode, and is only | 
|  | // respected on clients. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage configures whether, when |ssl| is a client | 
|  | // negotiating TLS 1.2 or below, the keyUsage extension of RSA leaf server | 
|  | // certificates will be checked for consistency with the TLS usage. In all other | 
|  | // cases, this check is always enabled. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This parameter may be set late; it will not be read until after the | 
|  | // certificate verification callback. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage(SSL *ssl, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_was_key_usage_invalid returns one if |ssl|'s handshake succeeded despite | 
|  | // using TLS parameters which were incompatible with the leaf certificate's | 
|  | // keyUsage extension. Otherwise, it returns zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If |SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage| is enabled or not applicable, this | 
|  | // function will always return zero because key usages will be consistently | 
|  | // checked. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_was_key_usage_invalid(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_ST_* are possible values for |SSL_state|, the bitmasks that make them up, | 
|  | // and some historical values for compatibility. Only |SSL_ST_INIT| and | 
|  | // |SSL_ST_OK| are ever returned. | 
|  | #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000 | 
|  | #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000 | 
|  | #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF | 
|  | #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT) | 
|  | #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03 | 
|  | #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT) | 
|  | #define SSL_ST_BEFORE (0x05 | SSL_ST_INIT) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // TLS_ST_* are aliases for |SSL_ST_*| for OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility. | 
|  | #define TLS_ST_OK SSL_ST_OK | 
|  | #define TLS_ST_BEFORE SSL_ST_BEFORE | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CB_* are possible values for the |type| parameter in the info | 
|  | // callback and the bitmasks that make them up. | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01 | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02 | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04 | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08 | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000 | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ) | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE) | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP) | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT) | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP) | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT) | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10 | 
|  | #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run when various | 
|  | // events occur during a connection's lifetime. The |type| argument determines | 
|  | // the type of event and the meaning of the |value| argument. Callbacks must | 
|  | // ignore unexpected |type| values. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT| is signaled for each alert received, warning or fatal. | 
|  | // The |value| argument is a 16-bit value where the alert level (either | 
|  | // |SSL3_AL_WARNING| or |SSL3_AL_FATAL|) is in the most-significant eight bits | 
|  | // and the alert type (one of |SSL_AD_*|) is in the least-significant eight. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT| is signaled for each alert sent. The |value| argument | 
|  | // is constructed as with |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START| is signaled when a handshake begins. The |value| | 
|  | // argument is always one. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| is signaled when a handshake completes successfully. | 
|  | // The |value| argument is always one. If a handshake False Starts, this event | 
|  | // may be used to determine when the Finished message is received. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The following event types expose implementation details of the handshake | 
|  | // state machine. Consuming them is deprecated. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP|) is signaled when | 
|  | // a server (respectively, client) handshake progresses. The |value| argument | 
|  | // is always one. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT|) is signaled when | 
|  | // a server (respectively, client) handshake completes, fails, or is paused. | 
|  | // The |value| argument is one if the handshake succeeded and <= 0 | 
|  | // otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_info_callback returns the callback set by | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | int type, | 
|  | int value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run at various events | 
|  | // during a connection's lifetime. See |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_set_info_callback|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | int type, | 
|  | int value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_state_string_long returns the current state of the handshake state | 
|  | // machine as a string. This may be useful for debugging and logging. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1 | 
|  | #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_shutdown returns a bitmask with a subset of |SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN| and | 
|  | // |SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN| to query whether close_notify was sent or received, | 
|  | // respectively. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm returns the signature algorithm used by the | 
|  | // peer. If not applicable, it returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_client_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent | 
|  | // handshake's client_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. | 
|  | // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the client_random. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, | 
|  | size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_server_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent | 
|  | // handshake's server_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. | 
|  | // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the server_random. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, | 
|  | size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_pending_cipher returns the cipher suite for the current handshake or | 
|  | // NULL if one has not been negotiated yet or there is no pending handshake. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether only | 
|  | // the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in the | 
|  | // session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If | 
|  | // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake | 
|  | // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | int enable); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether | 
|  | // only the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in | 
|  | // the session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If | 
|  | // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake | 
|  | // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and | 
|  | // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int enable); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled configures whether sockets on |ctx| should enable | 
|  | // GREASE. See RFC 8701. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ctx| should | 
|  | // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ssl| should | 
|  | // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_permute_extensions(SSL *ssl, int enabled); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_max_seal_overhead returns the maximum overhead, in bytes, of sealing a | 
|  | // record with |ssl|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_max_seal_overhead(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn configures whether connections | 
|  | // on |ctx| may use False Start (if |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START| is enabled) | 
|  | // without negotiating ALPN. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int allowed); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_used_hello_retry_request returns one if the TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest | 
|  | // message has been either sent by the server or received by the client. It | 
|  | // returns zero otherwise. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_used_hello_retry_request(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_jdk11_workaround configures whether to workaround various bugs in | 
|  | // JDK 11's TLS 1.3 implementation by disabling TLS 1.3 for such clients. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8211806 | 
|  | // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8212885 | 
|  | // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8213202 | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_jdk11_workaround(SSL *ssl, int enable); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type configures whether the client, in | 
|  | // TLS 1.2 and below, will check its certificate against the server's requested | 
|  | // certificate types. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within | 
|  | // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in | 
|  | // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type(SSL *ssl, int enable); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve configures whether the server, in TLS 1.2 and | 
|  | // below, will check its certificate against the client's supported ECDSA | 
|  | // curves. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within | 
|  | // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in | 
|  | // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve(SSL *ssl, int enable); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Deprecated functions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_library_init returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and | 
|  | // returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be | 
|  | // freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The description includes a trailing newline and has the form: | 
|  | // AES128-SHA              Kx=RSA      Au=RSA  Enc=AES(128)  Mac=SHA1 | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Consider |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, | 
|  | char *buf, int len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3". | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); | 
|  |  | 
|  | typedef void COMP_METHOD; | 
|  | typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_COMP_get0_name returns the |name| member of |comp|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get0_name(const SSL_COMP *comp); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_COMP_get_id returns the |id| member of |comp|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_get_id(const SSL_COMP *comp); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // These version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and | 
|  | // |DTLS_method| except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| to lock connections to that protocol | 
|  | // version. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // These client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic | 
|  | // methods. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_client_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success | 
|  | // or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory | 
|  | // associated with the current connection. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Free |ssl| and create a new one instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, | 
|  | int keylength)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_read_ahead returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *ssl, int yes); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_state does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_shared_ciphers writes an empty string to |buf| and returns a | 
|  | // pointer to |buf|, or NULL if |len| is less than or equal to zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *ssl, char *buf, int len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_shared_sigalgs returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shared_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, int idx, int *psign, | 
|  | int *phash, int *psignandhash, | 
|  | uint8_t *rsig, uint8_t *rhash); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START | 
|  |  | 
|  | // i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in|, as described in |i2d_SAMPLE|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed | 
|  | // to by |*pp|, as described in |d2i_SAMPLE|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp, | 
|  | long length); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio serializes |session| and writes the result to |bio|. It | 
|  | // returns the number of bytes written on success and <= 0 on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, const SSL_SESSION *session); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio reads a serialized |SSL_SESSION| from |bio| and returns a | 
|  | // newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on error. If |out| is not NULL, it also | 
|  | // frees |*out| and sets |*out| to the new |SSL_SESSION|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, SSL_SESSION **out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_load_error_strings does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns | 
|  | // zero on success and one on failure. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value | 
|  | // convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | const char *profiles); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on | 
|  | // success and one on failure. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value | 
|  | // convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_server_tmp_key returns zero. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_server_tmp_key(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_key); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh returns 1. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tmp_dh returns 1. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, | 
|  | int keylength)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs | 
|  | // where the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an | 
|  | // |EVP_PKEY_*| value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for | 
|  | // |ctx| based on them and returns one on success or zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should | 
|  | // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's | 
|  | // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *values, | 
|  | size_t num_values); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs where | 
|  | // the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an |EVP_PKEY_*| | 
|  | // value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for |ssl| based on | 
|  | // them and returns one on success or zero on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should | 
|  | // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's | 
|  | // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, const int *values, | 
|  | size_t num_values); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature | 
|  | // algorithms and configures them on |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero | 
|  | // on error. See | 
|  | // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for | 
|  | // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. | 
|  | // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL | 
|  | // doesn't document that). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should | 
|  | // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's | 
|  | // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature | 
|  | // algorithms and configures them on |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero | 
|  | // on error. See | 
|  | // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for | 
|  | // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. | 
|  | // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL | 
|  | // doesn't document that). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should | 
|  | // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's | 
|  | // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(arg))) | 
|  | #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0)) | 
|  | #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \ | 
|  | (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(a))) | 
|  | #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0)) | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0)) | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \ | 
|  | (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)(arg))) | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() | 
|  | #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) | 
|  | #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \ | 
|  | SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits) | 
|  | #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \ | 
|  | SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) | 
|  | #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \ | 
|  | SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) | 
|  | #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session) | 
|  | #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time)) | 
|  | #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session) | 
|  | #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \ | 
|  | SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout)) | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct ssl_comp_st { | 
|  | int id; | 
|  | const char *name; | 
|  | char *method; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | DEFINE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to | 
|  | // compile code with BoringSSL. | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_ALL 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0  // ssl_renegotiate_never is the default | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0 | 
|  | #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_reused|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|. | 
|  | // For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_all_version_names outputs a list of possible strings | 
|  | // |SSL_get_version| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at most | 
|  | // |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have | 
|  | // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set | 
|  | // to zero to size the output. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want | 
|  | // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list | 
|  | // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain | 
|  | // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every | 
|  | // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this | 
|  | // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_version_names(const char **out, | 
|  | size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of | 
|  | // |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if | 
|  | // the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success, | 
|  | // the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf | 
|  | // certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should | 
|  | // return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If | 
|  | // the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return | 
|  | // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and | 
|  | // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with | 
|  | // this function is confusing. This callback may not be registered concurrently | 
|  | // with |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or |SSL_set_cert_cb|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_NOTHING SSL_ERROR_NONE | 
|  | #define SSL_WRITING SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE | 
|  | #define SSL_READING SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_want returns one of the above values to determine what the most recent | 
|  | // operation on |ssl| was blocked on. Use |SSL_get_error| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_want_read(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_READING) | 
|  | #define SSL_want_write(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_WRITING) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message sent by | 
|  | // |ssl| to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length or zero if none has | 
|  | // been sent yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t count); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_peer_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message | 
|  | // received from |ssl|'s peer to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length | 
|  | // or zero if none has been received yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns | 
|  | // zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, | 
|  | size_t count); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_alert_type_string returns "!". Use |SSL_alert_type_string_long| | 
|  | // instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_alert_desc_string returns "!!". Use |SSL_alert_desc_string_long| | 
|  | // instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_state_string returns "!!!!!!". Use |SSL_state_string_long| for a more | 
|  | // intelligible string. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_TXT_* expand to strings. | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_3 "TLSv1.3" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL" | 
|  | #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" | 
|  |  | 
|  | typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_state returns |SSL_ST_INIT| if a handshake is in progress and |SSL_ST_OK| | 
|  | // otherwise. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_is_init| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_get_state(ssl) SSL_state(ssl) | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_shutdown causes |ssl| to behave as if the shutdown bitmask (see | 
|  | // |SSL_get_shutdown|) were |mode|. This may be used to skip sending or | 
|  | // receiving close_notify in |SSL_shutdown| by causing the implementation to | 
|  | // believe the events already happened. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // It is an error to use |SSL_set_shutdown| to unset a bit that has already been | 
|  | // set. Doing so will trigger an |assert| in debug builds and otherwise be | 
|  | // ignored. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups| with a one-element list | 
|  | // containing |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_set1_groups| with a one-element list containing | 
|  | // |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_FILESYSTEM) | 
|  | // SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls | 
|  | // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success | 
|  | // or zero on error. This function is only available from the libdecrepit | 
|  | // library. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, | 
|  | const char *dir); | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // BIO_f_ssl returns a |BIO_METHOD| that can wrap an |SSL*| in a |BIO*|. Note | 
|  | // that this has quite different behaviour from the version in OpenSSL (notably | 
|  | // that it doesn't try to auto renegotiate). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // IMPORTANT: if you are not curl, don't use this. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // BIO_set_ssl sets |ssl| as the underlying connection for |bio|, which must | 
|  | // have been created using |BIO_f_ssl|. If |take_owership| is true, |bio| will | 
|  | // call |SSL_free| on |ssl| when closed. It returns one on success or something | 
|  | // other than one on error. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT long BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int take_owership); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto returns one. | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto(ctx, onoff) 1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_ecdh_auto returns one. | 
|  | #define SSL_set_ecdh_auto(ssl, onoff) 1 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. For | 
|  | // historical reasons, which session it returns depends on |ssl|'s state. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Prior to the start of the initial handshake, it returns the session the | 
|  | // caller set with |SSL_set_session|. After the initial handshake has finished | 
|  | // and if no additional handshakes are in progress, it returns the currently | 
|  | // active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is in progress. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If trying to add new sessions to an external session cache, use | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| instead. In particular, using the callback is | 
|  | // required as of TLS 1.3. For compatibility, this function will return an | 
|  | // unresumable session which may be cached, but will never be resumed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // If querying properties of the connection, use APIs on the |SSL| object. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|. | 
|  | #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to | 
|  | // the session. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 | 
|  | #define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 | 
|  | #define OPENSSL_INIT_SSL_DEFAULT 0 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // OPENSSL_init_ssl returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int OPENSSL_init_ssl(uint64_t opts, | 
|  | const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following constants are legacy aliases for RSA-PSS with rsaEncryption | 
|  | // keys. Use the new names instead. | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA256 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA384 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 | 
|  | #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA512 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tlsext_status_type configures a client to request OCSP stapling if | 
|  | // |type| is |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| and disables it otherwise. It returns one | 
|  | // on success and zero if handshake configuration has already been shed. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(SSL *ssl, int type); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_tlsext_status_type returns |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| if the client | 
|  | // requested OCSP stapling and |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_nothing| otherwise. On the | 
|  | // client, this reflects whether OCSP stapling was enabled via, e.g., | 
|  | // |SSL_set_tlsext_status_type|. On the server, this is determined during the | 
|  | // handshake. It may be queried in callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. The | 
|  | // result is undefined after the handshake completes. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tlsext_status_type(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets the OCSP response. It returns one on | 
|  | // success and zero on error. On success, |ssl| takes ownership of |resp|, which | 
|  | // must have been allocated by |OPENSSL_malloc|. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_set_ocsp_response| instead. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *resp, | 
|  | size_t resp_len); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets |*out| to point to the OCSP response | 
|  | // from the server. It returns the length of the response. If there was no | 
|  | // response, it sets |*out| to NULL and returns zero. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Use |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| instead. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(const SSL *ssl, | 
|  | const uint8_t **out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb configures the legacy OpenSSL OCSP callback and | 
|  | // returns one. Though the type signature is the same, this callback has | 
|  | // different behavior for client and server connections: | 
|  | // | 
|  | // For clients, the callback is called after certificate verification. It should | 
|  | // return one for success, zero for a bad OCSP response, and a negative number | 
|  | // for internal error. Instead, handle this as part of certificate verification. | 
|  | // (Historically, OpenSSL verified certificates just before parsing stapled OCSP | 
|  | // responses, but BoringSSL fixes this ordering. All server credentials are | 
|  | // available during verification.) | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Do not use this callback as a server. It is provided for compatibility | 
|  | // purposes only. For servers, it is called to configure server credentials. It | 
|  | // should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success, |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to | 
|  | // ignore OCSP requests, or |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| on error. It is usually | 
|  | // used to fetch OCSP responses on demand, which is not ideal. Instead, treat | 
|  | // OCSP responses like other server credentials, such as certificates or SCT | 
|  | // lists. Configure, store, and refresh them eagerly. This avoids downtime if | 
|  | // the CA's OCSP responder is briefly offline. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, | 
|  | int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | void *arg)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg sets additional data for | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb|'s callback and returns one. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for reason codes used when | 
|  | // receiving an alert from the peer. Use the other names instead, which fit the | 
|  | // naming convention. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // TODO(davidben): Fix references to |SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED| and | 
|  | // remove the compatibility value. The others come from OpenSSL. | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION \ | 
|  | SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE \ | 
|  | SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ | 
|  | SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE \ | 
|  | SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED | 
|  |  | 
|  | // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for |SSL_GROUP_*|. | 
|  | #define SSL_CURVE_SECP224R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 | 
|  | #define SSL_CURVE_SECP256R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 | 
|  | #define SSL_CURVE_SECP384R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 | 
|  | #define SSL_CURVE_SECP521R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 | 
|  | #define SSL_CURVE_X25519 SSL_GROUP_X25519 | 
|  | #define SSL_CURVE_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_curve_id calls |SSL_get_group_id|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_curve_id(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_curve_name calls |SSL_get_group_name|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_all_curve_names calls |SSL_get_all_group_names|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_curve_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_curves calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves, | 
|  | size_t num_curves); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_curves calls |SSL_set1_groups|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves, | 
|  | size_t num_curves); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *curves); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_set1_groups_list|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves_list(SSL *ssl, const char *curves); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // TLSEXT_nid_unknown is a constant used in OpenSSL for | 
|  | // |SSL_get_negotiated_group| to return an unrecognized group. BoringSSL never | 
|  | // returns this value, but we define this constant for compatibility. | 
|  | #define TLSEXT_nid_unknown 0x1000000 | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if |ctx| has both a certificate and | 
|  | // private key, and zero otherwise. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function does not check consistency because the library checks when the | 
|  | // certificate and key are individually configured. However, if the private key | 
|  | // is configured before the certificate, inconsistent private keys are silently | 
|  | // dropped. Some callers are inadvertently relying on this function to detect | 
|  | // when this happens. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Instead, callers should configure the certificate first, then the private | 
|  | // key, checking for errors in each. This function is then unnecessary. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_check_private_key returns one if |ssl| has both a certificate and private | 
|  | // key, and zero otherwise. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See discussion in |SSL_CTX_check_private_key|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Compliance policy configurations | 
|  | // | 
|  | // A TLS connection has a large number of different parameters. Some are well | 
|  | // known, like cipher suites, but many are obscure and configuration functions | 
|  | // for them may not exist. These policy controls allow broad configuration | 
|  | // goals to be specified so that they can flow down to all the different | 
|  | // parameters of a TLS connection. | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum ssl_compliance_policy_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { | 
|  | // ssl_compliance_policy_none does nothing. However, since setting this | 
|  | // doesn't undo other policies it's an error to try and set it. | 
|  | ssl_compliance_policy_none, | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205 configures a TLS connection to use: | 
|  | //   * TLS 1.2 or 1.3 | 
|  | //   * For TLS 1.2, only ECDHE_[RSA|ECDSA]_WITH_AES_*_GCM_SHA*. | 
|  | //   * For TLS 1.3, only AES-GCM | 
|  | //   * P-256 or P-384 for key agreement. | 
|  | //   * For server signatures, only PKCS#1/PSS with SHA256/384/512, or ECDSA | 
|  | //     with P-256 or P-384. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note: this policy can be configured even if BoringSSL has not been built in | 
|  | // FIPS mode. Call |FIPS_mode| to check that. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note: this setting aids with compliance with NIST requirements but does not | 
|  | // guarantee it. Careful reading of SP 800-52r2 is recommended. | 
|  | ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205, | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304 configures a TLS connection to use: | 
|  | //   * TLS 1.2 or 1.3. | 
|  | //   * For TLS 1.2, only TLS_ECDHE_[ECDSA|RSA]_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384. | 
|  | //   * For TLS 1.3, only AES-256-GCM. | 
|  | //   * P-384 for key agreement. | 
|  | //   * For handshake signatures, only ECDSA with P-384 and SHA-384, or RSA | 
|  | //     with SHA-384 or SHA-512. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // No limitations on the certificate chain nor leaf public key are imposed, | 
|  | // other than by the supported signature algorithms. But WPA3's "192-bit" | 
|  | // mode requires at least P-384 or 3072-bit along the chain. The caller must | 
|  | // enforce this themselves on the verified chain using functions such as | 
|  | // `X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain`. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Note that this setting is less secure than the default. The | 
|  | // implementation risks of using a more obscure primitive like P-384 | 
|  | // dominate other considerations. | 
|  | ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304, | 
|  |  | 
|  | // ssl_compliance_policy_cnsa_202407 confingures a TLS connection to use: | 
|  | //   * For TLS 1.3, AES-256-GCM over AES-128-GCM over ChaCha20-Poly1305. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // I.e. it ensures that AES-GCM will be used whenever the client supports it. | 
|  | // The cipher suite configuration mini-language can be used to similarly | 
|  | // configure prior TLS versions if they are enabled. | 
|  | ssl_compliance_policy_cnsa_202407, | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy configures various aspects of |ctx| based on | 
|  | // the given policy requirements. Subsequently calling other functions that | 
|  | // configure |ctx| may override |policy|, or may not. This should be the final | 
|  | // configuration function called in order to have defined behaviour. It's a | 
|  | // fatal error if |policy| is |ssl_compliance_policy_none|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_compliance_policy acts the same as |SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy|, | 
|  | // but only configures a single |SSL*|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_compliance_policy( | 
|  | SSL *ssl, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Nodejs compatibility section (hidden). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // These defines exist for node.js, with the hope that we can eliminate the | 
|  | // need for them over time. | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSLerr(function, reason) \ | 
|  | ERR_put_error(ERR_LIB_SSL, 0, reason, __FILE__, __LINE__) | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // Preprocessor compatibility section (hidden). | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and | 
|  | // constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this | 
|  | // section defines a number of legacy macros. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is | 
|  | // still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // See PORTING.md in the BoringSSL source tree for a table of corresponding | 
|  | // functions. | 
|  | // https://boringssl.googlesource.com/boringssl/+/master/PORTING.md#Replacements-for-values | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NEGOTIATED_GROUP doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SERVER_TMP_KEY doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_ECDH_AUTO doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist | 
|  | #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist | 
|  |  | 
|  | // |BORINGSSL_PREFIX| already makes each of these symbols into macros, so there | 
|  | // is no need to define conflicting macros. | 
|  | #if !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout | 
|  | #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set1_groups SSL_CTX_set1_groups | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \ | 
|  | SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh | 
|  | #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa | 
|  | #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert | 
|  | #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert | 
|  | #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs | 
|  | #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options | 
|  | #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types | 
|  | #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs | 
|  | #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list | 
|  | #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_get_negotiated_group SSL_get_negotiated_group | 
|  | #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options | 
|  | #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \ | 
|  | SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support | 
|  | #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA | 
|  | #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations | 
|  | #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused | 
|  | #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain | 
|  | #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain | 
|  | #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves | 
|  | #define SSL_set1_groups SSL_set1_groups | 
|  | #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list | 
|  | #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment | 
|  | #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode | 
|  | #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg | 
|  | #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu | 
|  | #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options | 
|  | #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name | 
|  | #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh | 
|  | #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh | 
|  | #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa | 
|  | #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations | 
|  |  | 
|  | #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if defined(__cplusplus) | 
|  | }  // extern C | 
|  |  | 
|  | #if !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) | 
|  |  | 
|  | extern "C++" { | 
|  |  | 
|  | BSSL_NAMESPACE_BEGIN | 
|  |  | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL, SSL_free) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_free) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_free) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_up_ref) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_free) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_free) | 
|  | BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_up_ref) | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | // *** DEPRECATED EXPERIMENT — DO NOT USE *** | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Split handshakes. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: This mechanism is deprecated and should not be used. It is very | 
|  | // fragile and difficult to use correctly. The relationship between | 
|  | // configuration options across the two halves is ill-defined and not | 
|  | // self-consistent. Additionally, version skew across the two halves risks | 
|  | // unusual behavior and connection failure. New development should use the | 
|  | // handshake hints API. Existing deployments should migrate to handshake hints | 
|  | // to reduce the risk of service outages. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Split handshakes allows the handshake part of a TLS connection to be | 
|  | // performed in a different process (or on a different machine) than the data | 
|  | // exchange. This only applies to servers. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // In the first part of a split handshake, an |SSL| (where the |SSL_CTX| has | 
|  | // been configured with |SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode|) is used normally. Once the | 
|  | // ClientHello message has been received, the handshake will stop and | 
|  | // |SSL_get_error| will indicate |SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF|. At this point (and only | 
|  | // at this point), |SSL_serialize_handoff| can be called to write the “handoff” | 
|  | // state of the connection. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Elsewhere, a fresh |SSL| can be used with |SSL_apply_handoff| to continue | 
|  | // the connection. The connection from the client is fed into this |SSL|, and | 
|  | // the handshake resumed. When the handshake stops again and |SSL_get_error| | 
|  | // indicates |SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK|, |SSL_serialize_handback| should be called to | 
|  | // serialize the state of the handshake again. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Back at the first location, a fresh |SSL| can be used with | 
|  | // |SSL_apply_handback|. Then the client's connection can be processed mostly | 
|  | // as normal. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // Lastly, when a connection is in the handoff state, whether or not | 
|  | // |SSL_serialize_handoff| is called, |SSL_decline_handoff| will move it back | 
|  | // into a normal state where the connection can proceed without impact. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // WARNING: Currently only works with TLS 1.0–1.2. | 
|  | // WARNING: The serialisation formats are not yet stable: version skew may be | 
|  | //     fatal. | 
|  | // WARNING: The handback data contains sensitive key material and must be | 
|  | //     protected. | 
|  | // WARNING: Some calls on the final |SSL| will not work. Just as an example, | 
|  | //     calls like |SSL_get0_session_id_context| and |SSL_get_privatekey| won't | 
|  | //     work because the certificate used for handshaking isn't available. | 
|  | // WARNING: |SSL_apply_handoff| may trigger “msg” callback calls. | 
|  |  | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, bool on); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_handoff_mode(SSL *SSL, bool on); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handoff(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out, | 
|  | SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *out_hello); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_decline_handoff(SSL *ssl); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handoff(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handoff); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handback(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handback(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handback); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_get_traffic_secrets sets |*out_read_traffic_secret| and | 
|  | // |*out_write_traffic_secret| to reference the current TLS 1.3 traffic secrets | 
|  | // for |ssl|. It returns true on success and false on error. | 
|  | // | 
|  | // This function is only valid on TLS 1.3 connections that have completed the | 
|  | // handshake. It is not valid for QUIC or DTLS, where multiple traffic secrets | 
|  | // may be active at a time. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_get_traffic_secrets( | 
|  | const SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> *out_read_traffic_secret, | 
|  | Span<const uint8_t> *out_write_traffic_secret); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing sets |override_value| to | 
|  | // override checking for aes hardware support for testing. If |override_value| | 
|  | // is set to true, the library will behave as if aes hardware support is | 
|  | // present. If it is set to false, the library will behave as if aes hardware | 
|  | // support is not present. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing( | 
|  | SSL_CTX *ctx, bool override_value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | // SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing acts the same as | 
|  | // |SSL_CTX_set_aes_override_for_testing| but only configures a single |SSL*|. | 
|  | OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(SSL *ssl, | 
|  | bool override_value); | 
|  |  | 
|  | BSSL_NAMESPACE_END | 
|  |  | 
|  | }  // extern C++ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #endif  // !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) | 
|  |  | 
|  | #endif | 
|  |  | 
|  | #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 109 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 110 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 111 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 112 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 113 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 114 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 115 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 116 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 117 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 118 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 119 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 120 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 121 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 122 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 123 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 124 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 125 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 126 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 127 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 128 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 129 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 130 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 131 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 132 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 133 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 134 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 135 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 136 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 137 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 138 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 139 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 140 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DH_P_TOO_LONG 141 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 142 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 143 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 144 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 145 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 146 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 147 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 148 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 149 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 150 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 151 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 152 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 153 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 154 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 155 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 156 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 157 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 158 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 159 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 160 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 161 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 162 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 164 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 165 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 166 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 167 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 168 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 169 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 170 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 171 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 172 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 173 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 174 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 175 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 176 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 177 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 178 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 179 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 181 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 182 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 183 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 184 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 185 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 186 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 187 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 188 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 189 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 190 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 191 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 192 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 193 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 194 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 195 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 196 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 197 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 198 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 199 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 200 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 201 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 202 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 203 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 204 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 205 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 206 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 207 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 208 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 209 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 210 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 211 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 212 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 213 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 214 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 215 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 216 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 217 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 218 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 219 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 220 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 221 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 222 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 223 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 224 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 225 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 226 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 227 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 228 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 229 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 230 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 231 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 232 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 233 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 234 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 235 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 236 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 237 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 238 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 239 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 240 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 241 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 242 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 243 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 244 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 245 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 246 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 247 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 248 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 249 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT 250 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_RECORD_TYPE 251 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL_FOR_CUSTOM_KEY 252 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_COMMON_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS 253 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DOWNGRADE_DETECTED 254 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_EXCESS_HANDSHAKE_DATA 255 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_LIST 256 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_EXTENSION 257 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_MISSING_KEY_SHARE 258 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL 259 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_KEY_UPDATES 260 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG 261 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 262 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_EMS_MISMATCH 263 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_KEY_SHARE 264 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_GROUPS_SPECIFIED 265 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_GROUP 266 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PRE_SHARED_KEY_MUST_BE_LAST 267 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_PRF_HASH_MISMATCH 268 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_SCT_LIST 269 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_SKIPPED_EARLY_DATA 270 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_BINDER_COUNT_MISMATCH 271 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CANNOT_PARSE_LEAF_CERT 272 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SERVER_CERT_CHANGED 273 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 274 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CANNOT_HAVE_BOTH_PRIVKEY_AND_METHOD 275 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TICKET_ENCRYPTION_FAILED 276 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ALPN_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 277 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 278 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 279 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS_ENABLED 280 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_INSTEAD_OF_HANDSHAKE 281 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_EMPTY_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 282 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_EARLY_DATA_NOT_IN_USE 283 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_NOT_COMPLETE 284 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_TB_WITHOUT_EMS_OR_RI 285 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SERVER_ECHOED_INVALID_SESSION_ID 286 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION_FAILED 287 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SECOND_SERVERHELLO_VERSION_MISMATCH 288 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_OCSP_CB_ERROR 289 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 290 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_ON_SHUTDOWN 291 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILED 292 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNCOMPRESSED_CERT_TOO_LARGE 293 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERT_COMPRESSION_ALG 294 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 295 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 296 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLS13_DOWNGRADE 297 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_QUIC_INTERNAL_ERROR 298 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_WRONG_ENCRYPTION_LEVEL_RECEIVED 299 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_READ_EARLY_DATA 300 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_DELEGATED_CREDENTIAL 301 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_KEY_USAGE_BIT_INCORRECT 302 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_CLIENT_HELLO 303 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_CIPHER_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 304 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_QUIC_TRANSPORT_PARAMETERS_MISCONFIGURED 305 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_COMPATIBILITY_MODE 306 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 307 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_ALPS_WITHOUT_ALPN 308 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ALPS_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 309 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 310 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 311 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG 312 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_WOULD_HAVE_NO_RETRY_CONFIGS 313 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER 314 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL_LIST 315 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_COULD_NOT_PARSE_HINTS 316 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_PUBLIC_NAME 317 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_CONFIG_LIST 318 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED 319 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_EXTENSION 320 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_ECH_NEGOTIATION 321 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPS_CODEPOINT 322 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 1115 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 1116 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 1120 | 
|  | #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ECH_REQUIRED 1121 | 
|  |  | 
|  | #endif  // OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H |